Download Sony DAV-SB200 User's Manual

2-179-837-81
DVD
Home Theatre System
Operating Instructions
GB
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
RU
DAV-SB200
©2004 Sony Corporation
Safety Precautions
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK
HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO RAIN OR
MOISTURE.
On power sources
• AC power cord must be changed only at the qualified service
shop.
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a book case or similar unit.
On placement
• Place the receiver in a location with adequate ventilation to
prevent heat build-up in the system.
• At high volume, over long periods of time, the cabinet
becomes hot to the touch. This is not a malfunction.
However, touching the cabinet should be avoided. Do not
place the unit in a confined space where ventilation is poor
as this may cause overheating.
• Do not block the ventilation slots by putting anything on the
system. The receiver is equipped with a high power amplifier.
If the ventilation slots on the top surface are blocked, the unit
can overheat and malfunction.
• Do not place the system on a soft surface such as a rug
that might block the ventilation holes on the bottom.
• Do not place the system in a location near heat sources, or
in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or
mechanical shock.
To prevent fire, do not cover the ventilation of the apparatus
with news papers, table-cloths, curtains, etc. And don’t place
lighted candles on the apparatus.
Don’t throw away the battery with general
house waste, dispose of it correctly as chemical
waste.
This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1
LASER product. The label is located on the
rear exterior.
CAUTION:
This DVD Receiver employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s
manual carefully and retain it for future reference. Should the
unit require maintenance, contact an authorized service location (see service procedure).
Performing controls, adjustments, or carrying out procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open
the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: The apparatus should not be exposed to water
(dripping or splashing) and no objects filled with liquids, such
as vases, should be placed on the apparatus.
Precautions
Safety
• If anything falls into the cabinet, unplug the unit and have it
checked by qualified personnel before operating it any
further.
• The unit is not disconnected from the AC power source
(mains) as long as it is connected to the mains outlet, even if
the unit itself has been turned off.
• Unplug the unit from the wall outlet if you do not intend to
use it for an extended period of time. To disconnect the cord,
pull it out by the plug, never by the cord.
Installing
• Allow adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat
buildup.
• Do not place the unit on surfaces (rugs, blankets, etc.) or
near materials (curtains, draperies) that may block the ventilation slots.
• Do not install the unit near heat sources such as radiators, or
air ducts, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive
dust, mechanical vibration, or shock.
• Do not install the unit in an inclined position. It is designed to
be operated in a horizontal position only.
• Keep the unit and discs away from equipment with strong
magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers.
• Do not place heavy objects on the unit.
• If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a warm location,
moisture may condense inside the DVD Home Theatre
System and cause damage to the lenses. When you first
install the unit, or when you move it from a cold to a warm
location, wait for about 30 minutes before operating the unit.
2
On operation
• If the system is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the system. Should this occur,
the system may not operate properly. In this case, remove
the disc and leave the system turned on for about half an
hour until the moisture evaporates.
• When you move the system, take out any discs. If you don’t,
the disc may be damaged.
The nameplate is located on the rear of the unit.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This system is capable of holding a still video
image or on-screen display image on your television screen
indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen
display image displayed on your TV for an extended period
of time you risk permanent damage to your television
screen. Projection televisions are especially susceptible to
this.
Safety Precautions (Continued)
NOTES ON COPYRIGHTS:
INTRODUCTION
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyrighted material without
permission.
This product features the copy protection function developed by
Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some
discs. When recording and playing the pictures of these discs
on a VCR, picture noise will appear.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation
and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is
intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse
engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
About the symbols for instruction
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit
itself or other material damage.
Note Indicates special operating features of this unit.
Tip Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
3
Table of Contents
Introduction
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Display Window Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Rear Panel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Preparation
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Connecting to External Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Antenna Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Speaker System Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Speaker Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Selecting the Output/Input Source . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21
Mini Glossary for Audio Stream & Surround
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sound Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
On-Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
General Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
TV Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Speaker Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Area code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation . . . . . . . . . 25-26
Playing an Audio CD and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . 25
Notes on MP3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Selecting Another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
JPEG File Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Selecting Another Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
To flip the picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
To rotate picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Notes on JPEG Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Programmed Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Programmed Playback with Audio CD
and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Programmed Playback with Video CD . . . . . . . . 28
Speaker Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sleep Timer Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Viewing the Playing Time and Remaining
Time in the Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Dimmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using Headphone Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using the Sound Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Radio Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Presetting the Radio Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote . . . 32
Controlling the TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function . . . . . . . . . 33
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operation
DVD and Video CD Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24
Playing a DVD and Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Resume Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Selecting Another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 22
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Checking the contents of DVD Video disc:
Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Changing the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Subtitle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4
Reference
Language Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Area Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-37
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”,
“Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished works. Copyright 19921997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
US Pat. No. 5,451,942 5,956,674, 5,974,380, 5,978,762 and
other world-wide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS
Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996, 2000 Digital Theater Systems,
Inc. All rights reserved.
Before Use
Playable Discs
Title (DVD video discs only)
The main film content or accompanying feature content
or additional feature content, or music album.
Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling
you to locate it easily.
DVD video discs
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R/-RW, SVCD and
CD-R or CD-RW that contains audio titles, MP3, or
JPEG files.
Notes
Depending on the conditions of the recording equipment or the CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) disc itself,
some CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) discs cannot be
played on the unit.
DVD-RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode discs
cannot be played on the unit.
Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heartshaped or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions.
A disc recorded in packet write format cannot be
played.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs may
be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers. As this
unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to disc content designed by the software manufacturer, some playback features of the unit may not be available or other
functions may be added.
Make sure to also refer to the instructions supplied with
the DVDs and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for business purposes may not be able to be played on the unit.
Regional code of the DVD Receiver and DVDs
This DVD Receiver is designed and manufactured for
playback of region “5” encoded DVD software.
The region code on the labels of some DVDs
indicates which type of player can play those
discs. This unit can only play DVDs labeled “5”
or “ALL”. If you try to play any other discs, the message
“Check Regional Code” will appear on the TV screen.
Some DVDs that have no region code label may still be
subject to area restrictions and therefore not playable.
5
Chapter (DVD video discs only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller
than titles. A title is composed of one or several chapters. Each chapter is assigned a chapter number,
enabling you to locate the chapter you want. Depending
on the disc, chapters may not be recorded.
Track (Video CD and audio CD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD
or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number,
enabling you to locate the track you want.
Index (Video CD)
A number that divides a track into sections to easily
locate the point you want on a VIDEO CD. Depending
on the disc, no indexes may be recorded.
Scene
On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into
sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the
menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling
you to locate the scene you want.
A scene is composed of one or several tracks.
File
Sections of a picture on a data CD containing JPEG
image files.
Types of video CDs
There are two types of video CDs:
Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0)
PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures
of high resolution can be played if they are included in
the disc.
Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1)
Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs
allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but
they are not equipped with PBC.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
SPENT OR DISCHARGED BATTERIES MUST BE
RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE MANNER IN
COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS.
FOR DETAILED INFORMATION, CONTACT YOUR LOCAL
COUNTY SOLID WASTE AUTHORITY.
5
INTRODUCTION
Disc-related terms
Before Use (Continued)
Precautions
Handling the unit
When shipping the unit
The original shipping carton and packing materials may
come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the
unit as it was originally packed at the factory.
When setting up the unit
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio
may be disturbed during playback. In this case, position
the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, or turn off the
unit after removing the disc.
Storing discs
After playing, store the disc in its case.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of
heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight, as there may be a considerable temperature
increase inside the car.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can distort the picture
or reduce sound quality. Before playing, clean the disc
with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre outwards.
To keep the exterior surfaces clean
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray,
near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in
contact with the unit for a long period of time. They will
leave marks on the surface.
Cleaning the unit
To clean the cabinet
Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty,
use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent
solution. Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol,
benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface
of the unit.
To obtain a clear picture
The DVD Receiver is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn, the picture quality will be poor.
Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended
after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the
operating environment.)
For details, please contact your nearest dealer.
Notes on Discs
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for vinyl records.
This system can only play back a standard circular disc.
Using neither standard nor circular discs (e.g., card,
heart, or star shape) may cause a malfunction.
Do not use a disc that has a commercially available
accessory attached, such as a label or ring.
About Symbols
About the
symbol display
“
” may appear on the TV screen during operation.
This icon means the function explained in this owner’s
manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc.
Disc Handling
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not
get on the surface.
Do not stick paper or tape on the disc.
6
About the disc symbols for instructions
A section whose title has one of the following symbol is
applicable only to the disc represented by the symbol.
DVD
DVD Video discs
VCD2.0 Video CDs with the PBC (playback control)
function.
VCD1.1 Video CDs without the PBC (playback control)
function.
CD
Audio CDs.
MP3 MP3 disc.
JPEG JPEG disc.
Front Panel Controls
STANDBY indicator
Lights red when the receiver
is in Standby mode (off).
VOLUME Control
Press “+” to increase volume or press “-” to
decrease the volume.
INTRODUCTION
@ / 1 (POWER) indicator
Switches the DVD Receiver ON and OFF.
FUNCTION
To select the Receiver’s source.
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or
CD/DVD)
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
OPEN/CLOSE ( )
Opens or closes the disc tray.
Display window
- PRESET +
-
VOLUME
+
FUNCTION
STANDBY
PHONES
IR
PLAY (H)
To play back a disc.
X)
PAUSE (X
Pause playback of a disc temporarily.
x)
STOP (x
Stops playback of a disc.
S)
Reverse SKIP (S
DVD: Go to beginning of current chapter/track or to previous
chapter/track.
RADIO: To select preset station you want.
T)
Forward SKIP (T
DVD: Go to NEXT chapter/track.
RADIO: To select preset station you want.
PHONES
To connect headphones.
Remote Sensor
Point the DVD receiver remote control here.
7
Display Window Indicators
Repeat playback mode indicators.
Playing status.
Indicates the unit is radio mode.
Indicates the unit is stereo mode.
CD disc inserted.
MP3 disc inserted.
Lights up when the unit
is DSGX ON mode.
Indicate current
surround format.
FM
AM
ST
CD
MONO
TUNED PBC
MP3 DSGX
D D D PL II
SLEEP
D
ALBM
REP 1
TITLE CHAP TRK
D
DISC
Indicates sound
format is DOLBY
PROLOGIC II.
Indicate current
surround format.
SLEEP timer indication
VCD2.0 disc inserted.
Lights up when the DVD Receiver
tunes in a station.
Total playing time/Elapsed time/Frequency/remaining time/ Current status/
Title number/Surround mode/Volume etc. indicators.
Indicates current chapter or
track number.
Title indication
8
Remote Control
TUNER/BAND
Selects the DVD Receiver’s tuner as the
listening choice. (FM and AM bands)
MUTING
Momentarily silence the speaker of the
DVD Receiver.
TUNER MENU
Memorize a radio station frequency
into the tuner.
Press to clear preset stations from the
tuner memory.
PROGRAM
Enters to the programme edit mode or
exits from that.
REPEAT
Repeat chapter, track, title, all.
FM MODE
To change between MONO and STEREO
modes.
TV
To control TVs with the Remote.
AUDIO
Selects an audio language (DVD) or an
audio channel (CD).
ANGLE
Selects a DVD camera angle if available.
SUBTITLE
Selects a subtitle language.
PREV/PRESETGo to beginning of current chapter or
track or go to previous chapter or track.
Select programme of Tuner.
NEXT/PRESET+
Go to next chapter or track.
Select programme of Tuner.
DVD TOP MENU
Displays the disc’s Title menu, if available.
B/b/V/v (left/right/up/down)
Selects an option in the menu.
ENTER
Acknowledges menu selection.
DVD DISPLAY
Accesses On-Screen display.
TV VOL +/–
Adjusts TV’s volume.
TV CH +/–
Selects TV’s channel.
DVD SETUP
Accesses or removes DVD setup menu.
SONY TV DIRECT
Select the output source to DVD directly.
TV @ / 1
Switches TV ON and OFF.
@/1
Switches DVD Receiver ON and OFF.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Selects sound mode between A.F.D.
AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII MOVIE and
PLII MUSIC.
MODE
Selects sound mode between FLAT,
ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC and
NEWS.
FUNCTION
To select the Receiver’s source.
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or CD/DVD)
Z
Opens and closes the disc tray.
DSGX
Switches DSGX ON and OFF.
0-9 numerical buttons
Selects numbered options in a menu.
>10/ TV ENTER
Used to control TV.
SLOW t/ TUNINGFor picture search or slow playback backward.
To tune in the desired station.
SLOW T/TUNING+
For picture search or slow playback
forward.
To tune in the desired station.
Playback Control Buttons
• H (PLAY)
Starts playback.
• X (PAUSE)
Pause playback or recording temporarily.
• x (STOP)
Stops playback.
DVD MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
DISPLAY
To display remaining time between
Chapter and title.
VOLUME (+/-)
Adjusts speaker volume.
CLEAR
Removes a track number on the program
menu.
RETURN
Returns the setup menu.
DIMMER
To change the brightness of the display
window.
TV/VIDEO
Selects the TV’s source.
9
INTRODUCTION
SLEEP
To place the unit in the Sleep mode.
Rear Panel Connections
AC Power Cord
Plug into the power source.
EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV)
Connect to your TV set.
MONITOR OUT (VIDEO)
Connect to a TV with video input.
VIDEO (AUDIO IN R/L)
Connect the audio output of an external
source (VCR, LD player, etc).
AM LOOP ANTENNA CONNECTORS
Connect the AM Loop antenna to this terminal.
FM ANTENNA CONNECTOR
Connect the FM antenna to this terminal.
SPEAKER CONNECTORS
Connect the six supplied speakers
to these terminals.
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear
panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent
damage to the unit.
Remote Control Operation Range
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press
the buttons.
Distance: About 6m (20ft) from the front of the
remote sensor
Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the
remote sensor
Remote control battery installation
Detach the battery cover on the rear of
the remote control, and insert two R6
(size AA) batteries with
and
aligned correctly.
When using the remote control, point it
at the remote sensor
on the unit.
Do not mix old and new batteries.
10
Connections
Connecting to a TV
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
PREPARATION
Tips
Depending on your TV and other equipment you
wish to connect, there are various ways you could
connect the DVD Receiver. Use one of the connections described below.
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR or other
devices as necessary to make the best connections.
– Make sure the DVD Receiver is connected directly to
the TV. Select the correct AV input on your TV.
– Do not connect your DVD Receiver to TV via your
VCR. The DVD image could be distorted by the copy
protection system.
Video connection
Connect the MONITOR OUT jack on the DVD Receiver
to the video in jack on the TV using the video cable
supplied (V).
Rear of TV
SCART INPUT
R
SCART connection
Connect the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) jack on the
DVD Receiver to the SCART IN jack on the TV using
the Scart cable (S).
Note
When you connect the DVD Receiver to your TV, be
sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from
the wall outlet before making any connections.
VIDEO
INPUT
AUDIO INPUT
S-VIDEO
INPUT
L
V
S
(not supplied)
(not supplied)
Rear of DVD Receiver
11
Connections (Continued)
Connecting to External Equipment
(not supplied)
Connection
Tip
Connect the VIDEO (AUDIO L/R) jacks on the DVD
Receiver to the AUDIO OUTPUT (L/R) jacks on the
VCR, LD player, etc using the audio cables.
Press FUNCTION on the remote control to select input
to these jacks.
VIDEO appears on the Display Window.
12
Connections (Continued)
Connect the supplied FM/AM antenna for listening to the radio.
Connect the AM Loop antenna to the AM LOOP connector.
Connect the FM antenna to the FM 75 Ω COAXIAL connector.
When you connect the supplied AM Loop antenna, connect the black cord (B) to the
cord (A) to the other terminal.
terminal, and the white
Notes
To prevent noise pickup, keep the AM Loop antenna away from the DVD Receiver and other components.
Be sure to fully extend the FM antenna.
After connecting the FM antenna, keep it as horizontal as possible.
Tip
If you have poor FM reception, use a 75Ω coaxial cable (not supplied) to connect the system to an outdoor FM
antenna as shown below.
13
PREPARATION
Antenna Connections
Connections (Continued)
Speaker System Connection
Connect the speakers using the supplied speaker cords.
To obtain the best possible surround sound, adjust the speaker parameters (volume, distance, etc.).
Notes
Be sure to match the speaker cable to the appropriate terminal on the components: + to + and – to –. If the cables are
reversed, the sound will be distorted and will lack base.
If you use front speakers with low maximum input rating, adjust the volume carefully to avoid excessive output on the speakers.
Do not disassemble the front covers of supplied speakers.
Speaker stand is optional.
About Ferrite Core
Be sure to attach the ferrite core to the speaker cables
(for connecting to this unit).
This ferrite core can reduce noises.
1
a
How to attach the ferrite core
1
2
3
4
Press the stopper [a] of the ferrite core to open.
Wind the Subwoofer cable once on the ferrite core.
Wind the Center cable once on the ferrite core.
Pass the others straight on the other ferrite core.
Close the ferrite core unit it clicks.
Notes
Take care not to pinch the speaker cables between the ferrite
cores.
Attach the ferrite core near the unit (Refer to the fig.3 and
comment.).
14
a
2
3
The length here is
short as much as
possible.
Connections (Continued)
In the case of normal position use the 6 speakers (2 front speakers, centre speaker, 2 surround speakers and
subwoofer).
• Front speakers
According to your listening position set up the speakers for equal distance. And by hearing position set up the interval between
speakers to 45 degree.
• Centre speaker
The centre speakers and front speakers are ideally the same height. But normally place it above or below the television.
• Surround speakers
Place left and right behind the listening area. These speakers recreate sound motion and atmosphere required for surround
sound playback. For best results, do not install the surround speakers too far behind the listening position and install them at or
above the level of the listener’s ears. It is also effective to direct the surround speakers towards a wall or ceiling to further
disperse the sound.
In the case of a smaller room size, if the audience is near to the rear wall set the surround speakers opposite each other, and
set the surround speakers above 60 - 90 cm than the listener’s ears.
• Subwoofer
This can be placed in any front position.
Subwoofer
Centre Speaker
Front Speaker
(Left)
Front Speaker
(Right)
Surround Speaker
(Right)
Surround Speaker
(Left)
Speaker Positioning Example
To attach the foot pads
To prevent speaker vibration or movement while listening, attach the supplied foot pads to the speakers without
Front speakers and Subwoofer, as shown.
Foot pads
15
PREPARATION
Speaker Positioning
Selecting the Output/Input Source
Follow these guidelines to select and switch among the
various DVD Receiver input and output sources:
• CD/DVD
SONY TV DIRECT
To view output from the DVD:
Press SONY TV DIRECT on the remote.
The “CD/DVD” appears in the Display Window.
• TUNER FM/AM
To listen to AM/FM radio broadcasts:
Press TUNER/BAND to toggle between AM and FM
radio. The selected frequency appears in the display
window.
TUNER/
BAND
• INPUT SELECT
To listen to an audio source connected to the
AUDIO IN (L/R) jack of VIDEO:
FUNCTION
Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly.
The “VIDEO” appears in the Display Window.
Audio will come from an external source connected
to the AUDIO IN (L/R) jacks of VIDEO (for rear
panel).
To listen to an audio source connected to the
EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV):
Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly.
The “TV” appears in the Display Window.
Audio will come from an external source connected
to the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) (for rear panel).
16
Before Operation
DTS
Allows you to enjoy 5.1(or 6) discrete channels of high quality
digital audio from DTS program sources such as discs, DVD
and compact discs, etc.bearing the trademark. DTS Digital
Surround delivers up to 6 channels of transparent audio(which
means identical to the original masters) and results in exceptional clarity throughout a true 360 degree sound field.
“DTS” is a trademark of Digital Treater Systems, Inc.
Manufactured under license from Digital Treater Systems, Inc.
DOLBY DIGITAL
The Dolby Digital surround format lets you enjoy up to 5.1
channels of digital surround sound from a Dolby Digital program source. If you play DVDs with “
” mark, you can enjoy
even better sound quality, greater spatial accuracy, and
improved dynamic range.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC
Use this mode when playing movie or Dolby Digital 2 channel
which carries the “
” mark. This mode provides the effect
of being in a movie theatre or live concert house-an effect with
an intensity which can only be obtained through DOLBY PRO
LOGIC SURROUND. The effect of the front/back/left/right
movement of the sound image, as well as the sense of fixed
position in the sound image, is much clearer and more dynamic than before.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II
Dolby Pro Logic II creates five full-bandwidth output channels
from two-channel sources. This is done using an advanced,
high-purity matrix surround decoder that extracts the spatial
properties of the original recording without adding any new
sounds or tonal colorations.
PLII MOVIE mode:
The Movie mode is for use with stereo television shows and all
programs encoded in Dolby Surround. The result is enhanced
soundfield directionality that approaches the quality of discrete
5.1-channel sound.
PLII MUSIC mode:
The Music mode is for use with any stereo music recordings.
Sound Mode
You can enjoy surround sound simply by selecting one
of the pre-programmed sound fields according to the
program you want to listen to.
A) By pressing MODE button
Each time you press MODE button, the sound mode is
changed in the following order;
FLAT → ROCK → POP → JAZZ → CLASSIC → NEWS →
FLAT ...
Tips
FLAT: Linear frequency response.
ROCK: Reproduces the acoustics of rock music.
POP: Reproduces the acoustics of pop music.
JAZZ: Reproduces the acoustics of a jazz club.
CLASSIC: Reproduces the acoustics of orchestral
music.
NEWS: Reproduces the acoustics of TV news sound.
B) By pressing AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button
Each time you press AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button,
the sound mode is changed in the following order;
A.F.D. AUTO → DOLBY PL → PLII MOVIE → PLII MUSIC →
A.F.D. AUTO ...
(This function available 2-channel mode only)
Notes
MP3 disc is not available.
This function is available during only playback mode.
Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used.
When DVD is inserted.
You can change the sound mode of DVD (Dolby Digital, DTS,
PRO LOGIC, etc) by pressing the AUDIO button on the remote
during playback.
Although the DVD contents differ from disc to disc, the following explains the basic operation when this feature is used.
Each time you press AUDIO button, the sound mode of DVD is
changed as the following order;
→
→
→
A.F.D. AUTO
Software with multichannel surround audio signals is played
according to the way it was recorded.
Notes
This function is available during only playback mode.
A.F.D. AUTO is not applicable when headphone is used.
For your reference
• The DVD Receiver memorizes the last mode
settings for each source individually.
• You can identify the encoding format of program
software by looking at its packaging.
- Dolby Digital discs are labeled with the
logo.
- Dolby Surround encoded programs are labeled with
the
logo.
- DTS Digital Surround discs are marked with the
.
Note
Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used.
17
PREPARATION
Mini Glossary for Audio Stream &
Surround mode
Before Operation (Continued)
General Explanation
Temporary Feedback Field Icons
This manual gives basic instructions for operating the
DVD Receiver. Some DVDs require specific operation or
allow only limited operation during playback. When this
occurs, the symbol
appears on the TV screen, indicating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD
Receiver or is not available on the disc.
TITLE
On-Screen Display
Repeat Chapter
TRACK
Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD)
ALL
Repeat All Tracks (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD)
OFF
Repeat Off
RESUME
General playback status can be displayed on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed on the menu.
On-screen display operation
1 Press DVD DISPLAY during playback.
Press V/v to select an item.
2 The
selected item will be highlighted.
Press B/b to change the setting of an item.
3 The
number buttons can also be used for setting
numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions,
Repeat Title
CHAPT
Resume play from this point
Action prohibited or not available
Notes
Some discs may not provide all of the features on the
on-screen display example shown below.
If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen
display disappears.
press ENTER to execute the setting.
DVD
Items
Function (Press V/v to select desired item)
Title Number
Chapter Number
Time search
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Angle
Shows the current title number and total number of titles,
and skips to the desired title number.
1 /12
Shows the current chapter number and total number of
chapters, and skips to the desired chapter number.
0:20:09
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
OFF
1 /1
Sound
VCD2.0
1 /3
AUTO
Track Number
1 /3
Time
0:20:09
Audio Channel
ST
18
Shows the current audio soundtrack language,
encoding method, and channel number, and
changes the setting.
Shows the current subtitles language, and
changes the setting.
Shows the current angle number and total number of
angles, and changes the angle number.
B / b, or
Numbers, ENTER
B / b, . / > or
Numbers, ENTER
Numbers, ENTER
B / b, or
AUDIO
B / b, or
SUBTITLE
B / b, or
ANGLE
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Function (Press V/v to select desired item)
Selection Method
VCD1.1
Items
Sound
Shows the elapsed playing time, and
searches the point directly from the elapsed time.
Selection Method
AUTO
Shows the current track number, total number of tracks, PBC
On mode or skips to the desired track number in the PBC Off
mode
Shows the elapsed playing time (Display only)
Shows the audio channel, and
changes the audio channel.
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
B / b, or
Numbers, ENTER
–
B / b, or
AUDIO
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Before Operation (Continued)
Menu Language
You can set your personal preferences on the DVD
function mode.
Select a language for the Setup menu. This is the menu
you see when you press DVD SETUP.
Disc Audio
Original
Disc Audio
English
Disc Subtitle
Russian
Disc Subtitle
Russian
Disc Menu
English
Disc Menu
Rating
French
Rating
Area Code
German
Area Code
TV Aspect
Spanish
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Italian
Menu Language
PREPARATION
Initial Settings
Polish
Hungarian
5.1 Speaker Setup
Other – – – –
General Operation
1
2
3
4
5
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Others
TV Aspect
Press DVD SETUP.
The Setup menu appears.
Use V/v to select the desired option.
The screen will show the current setting for the
selected option, as well as alternate setting(s).
While the desired option is selected, press b,
then V/v to select the desired setting.
Press ENTER to confirm your selection.
Some options require additional steps.
Press DVD SETUP, RETURN, or H (PLAY) to
exit the setup menu.
DVD
4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures with masking bars above and
below the picture.
4:3 Panscan: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen.
Both sides of the picture are cut off.
16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
Disc Audio
4:3 Letterbox
Disc Subtitle
4:3 Panscan
Disc Menu
16:9 Wide
Rating
Area Code
Language
Disc Language
TV Aspect
Menu Language
DVD
Select a language for the disc’s Menu, Audio, and
Subtitle features.
Original : The original language set for the disc is selected.
Other : To select another language, use number buttons to
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
enter the corresponding 4-digit number according to the
language code list on page 34. If you enter the wrong
language code, press CLEAR.
Disc Audio
Original
Disc Subtitle
Russian
Disc Menu
English
Rating
French
Area Code
German
TV Aspect
Spanish
Menu Language
Italian
Polish
Hungarian
5.1 Speaker Setup
Other – – – –
Others
Note
Disc Language selection may not work for some DVDs.
19
Before Operation (Continued)
Speaker Setup
5.1 Speaker Settings
Others
DVD
Select speaker settings, including volume balance and
distance, or test the speaker settings.
Speaker settings are only active on the Analog MultiChannel Output. (See “Speaker Setup”, page 29.)
Disc Audio
DRC
Off
Disc Subtitle
PBC
On
Disc Menu
Disc Audio
Rating
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
The DRC and PBC settings can be changed.
Press V/v to select the desired item and press
ENTER. The setting of the selected item is changed
between On and Off.
S
S
Area Code
TV Aspect
Rating
Front L
Area Code
Volume
TV Aspect
Size
Small
Menu Language
Distance
0.3 m
0 dB
Menu Language
Test
5.1 Speaker Setup
Return
Others
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
With the DVD*1 format, you can hear a program’s
soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation possible, thanks to digital audio technology.
However, you may wish to compress the dynamic range
of the audio output (the difference between the loudest
sounds and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to
a movie at a lower volume without losing clarity of
sound. Set DRC to On for this effect.
*1: Dolby Digital only
Playback Control (PBC)
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio
CDs.
20
Before Operation (Continued)
Parental Control
Area Code
Rating
Enter the code of an area whose standards were used
to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list (See
“Area Code List”, page 35.).
Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for
children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control
information that applies to the complete disc or to
certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated from
1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are available for selection on some discs. Ratings are
country dependent. The Parental Control feature allows
you to prevent discs from being played by your children
or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes.
Disc Audio
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
8
5.1 Speaker Setup
Disc Subtitle
7
Others
Disc Menu
6
Rating
5
Area Code
4
TV Aspect
3
Menu Language
2
Unlock
5.1 Speaker Setup
Change
Others
Select Rating on the setup menu using V/v
1 buttons
on the setup menu.
2 While Rating is selected, press b.
you have not entered a password yet.
3 When
Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons
to create a personal 4-digit security password, then
press ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and
press ENTER to verify.
When you have already entered a password;
Enter a 4-digit password using the number
buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security
password, then press ENTER.
If you make a mistake before pressing ENTER, press
CLEAR and enter 4-digit security password again.
Select a rating from 1 to 8 using V/v buttons.
4 One
(1) has the least playback restrictions.
Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions.
Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is not
active. The disc will play in full.
Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not
suitable for children. If you set a rating for the DVD,
all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will be
played. Higher rated scenes will not be played
unless an alternative scene is available on the disc.
The alternative must have the same rating or a
lower one. If no suitable alternative is found, playback will stop. You must enter the 4-digit password
or change the rating level in order to play the disc.
U S
Disc Menu
Disc Audio
1
Code Set
Disc Subtitle
Select the Area Code option using the V/v but1 tons
on the setup menu.
2 While Area Code is selected, press b.
3 Follow step 3 of “Rating” on left.
4 Select the first character using the V/v buttons.
Press b to shift to second character and select
5 the
second character using V/v buttons.
ENTER to confirm your Area Code
6 Press
selection, then press DVD SETUP to exit the
menu.
Note
Confirmation of the 4-digit password is necessary when
the password is changed (see Changing the 4-digit
password below ).
Changing the 4-digit password
1
2
3
4
5
Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating).
Enter the old password, then press ENTER.
Select Change using V/v buttons then press ENTER.
Enter the new 4-digit password, then press ENTER.
Enter exactly the same password a second time and
verify by pressing ENTER.
6 Press DVD SETUP to exit the menu.
If you forget your 4-digit password
If you forget your password, to clear the current password follow the procedure below.
1 Press DVD SETUP to display the setup menu.
2 Enter the 6-digit number “210499”.
The 4-digit password is cleared.
3 Enter a new password as shown above to the left
(Rating).
ENTER to confirm your rating selection,
5 Press
then press DVD SETUP to exit the menu.
21
PREPARATION
DVD
DVD
DVD and Video CD Operation
Playing a DVD and Video CD
Tip
Playback Setup
To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then
press H (PLAY).
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
Turn on the TV and select the video input source connected to the DVD Receiver.
Set the Output Source to CD/DVD as shown in Selecting
the Output/Input Source on page 16.
Notes
Press Z to open the disc tray.
1 Place a disc on the tray, with the label facing up.
2 When
a double-sided DVD is inserted, make sure the
side you want to play is facing down.
Z to close the tray.
3 Press
“READING” appears in the display window, and playback starts automatically. If playback does not start,
press H (PLAY).
In some cases, the disc menu might appear instead.
If a menu screen is displayed
A menu screen may appear automatically after loading a
DVD.
DVD
Use B/b/V/v buttons to select the title/chapter you want to
view, then press ENTER to start playback.
Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU to return to the
menu screen.
VCD2.0
Use the number buttons to select the track you want to
view. Press RETURN to return to the menu screen.
Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for
using the menu may differ depending on the disc. Follow
the instructions on the each menu screen.
You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page 20.
Notes
If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the
Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit password
must be entered and/or the disc must be authorized (see
Parental Control, on page 21).
DVDs may have a Region Code.
Your DVD Receiver will not play discs that have a Region
Code different from your DVD Receiver. The Region
Code for this DVD Receiver is 5 (five).
Do not keep a fixed image displayed on the screen for a
long time.
Depending on where you stopped the disc, the receiver
may not resume playback from exactly the same point.
The point where you stopped playing is cleared when:
- Press x in the STOP mode.
- Turn the power off .
- Open the disc tray.
Selecting Another TITLE
Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK
DVD
VCD2.0
1 /3
1 /12
If a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a disc has
more than one track, you can move to another
chapter/track as follows:
Press PREV or NEXT briefly during playback to return
to the beginning of the current chapter/track or to select
the next chapter/track.
Press PREV twice briefly to step back to the previous
chapter/track.
To go directly to any chapter during playback,
press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/v to select chapter/track
icon. Then, enter the chapter/track number with the number buttons (0-9) or use B/b to select chapter. Then,
press ENTER.
Notes
For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons (1-9)
and wait that the operation is performed.
For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons
(0-9) in rapid succession.
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use this function. See page 20.
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode.
Note
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use the
remote control. Some features may also be available on
the Setup menu.
VCD2.0 VCD1.1
CD
When you stop the disc. the player remembers the point
where you pressed x (STOP) and “RESUME x” appears
on the TV screen. Press H (PLAY) and play will resume
from this point.
22
VCD1.1
1 Press m or M during playback.
General Features
DVD
1 /3
If a disc has more than one title, you can select another
title as follows:
Press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/v to select title icon, then
press the appropriate number buttons (0-9), then use
ENTER to select a title number.
Press DVD DISPLAY, then use B/b to select a title number, then press ENTER.
Search
Resume Function
DVD
2 Press m or M repeatedly to select the required
speed: X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (backward) or X2 B,
1 M, 2 M, 3 M (forward).
With a Video CD, the Search speed changes: 1 m, 2
m, 3 m (backward) or 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (forward).
3 To return to playback, press H (PLAY).
Still Picture
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Press X (PAUSE) during playback.
The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode.
2 To return to playback, press or X (PAUSE) again or H
(PLAY).
DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued)
Slow Motion
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Press X
(PAUSE) during playback.
The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 Press SLOW t or T during pause mode.
The DVD Receiver will enter SLOW mode.
Notes
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the Repeat function. See page
20.
When you press PREV twice or NEXT during Repeat
mode to go to previous track or next track, repeat
mode (Chapter repeat and Track repeat only) is
canceled.
3 Use SLOW t or T to select the required speed:
4 t, 3 t, 2 t or 1 t (backward), or 4 T, 3 T,
2 T or 1 T (forward).
4 To return to playback, press H (PLAY).
Time Search
Note
Slow motion playback in reverse is not applicable for
Video CD.
1 Press DVD DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen
display appears on the screen.
Repeat
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
CHAPT
TITLE
OFF
• CHAPT: repeats the current chapter.
• TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc.
• OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Video CDs - Repeat Track/All/Off
1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
DVD
0:20:09
-:--:--
The Time Search function allows you to start playing at
any chosen time on the disc.
The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the
current disc.
2 Within 10 seconds, use V/v to select the Time Search
icon in the on-screen display.
The “-:--:--” appears in the Time Search box.
3 Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter
the required start time. Enter hours, minutes and seconds from left to right in the box.
If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the
numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers.
4 Within 10 seconds, press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter
an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point.
2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
TRACK
ALL
OFF
• TRACK: repeats the current track
• ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc.
• OFF: does not play repeatedly.
23
OPERATION
General Features (Continued)
DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued)
General Features (Continued)
Special DVD Features
Checking the contents of DVD Video
discs: Menus
A DVD is divided into a lot of sections, which make up a
picture or music feature. These sections are called
“titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several
titles, you can select the title you want using DVD TOP
MENU.
When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such
as the language for the sound, select these items using
DVD MENU.
1 Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU.
The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen.
The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc.
2 Press B/b/V/v or the number buttons to select the
item you want to play or change.
Camera Angle
DVD
1 /1
If the disc contains sequences recorded from different
camera angles, the angle icon appears on the TV
screen. You can then change the camera angle if you
wish.
Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a
desired angle.
The number of the current angle appears on the display.
Changing the Audio Language
DVD
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a
different audio language or audio track.
Changing the Audio Channel
ST
LEFT
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
RIGHT
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (ST, LEFT or RIGHT).
3 Press ENTER.
Subtitle
DVD
1 ENG
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to see the
different subtitle languages.
Note
If
appears, the feature is not available on the disc.
24
Playing an Audio CD and MP3
Notes on MP3 Files
Disc
About MP3
CD
MP3
The DVD Receiver can play MP3 formatted recordings
on CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs.
Before playing MP3 disc, read the notes on MP3 files
on right.
Insert a disc and close the tray.
Audio CD: Audio CD menu appears on the TV
screen go to step 4.
MP3 disc: The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on
the TV screen. Go to step 2
1
JPEG
Use V/v to select the MP3 then press ENTER.
The MP3 disc Menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select
menu.
Program
MP3
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
Clear All
00:00
OFF
V/v to select a folder, and ENTER.
A list of files in the folder appears.
3 Use
If a list of files contains another folder, repeat step 3
once more.
Tip
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder
list, use the V/v to highlight
and press ENTER to
return to the previous menu screen.
4
Use V/v to select a track then press H (PLAY)
or ENTER.
Playback starts.
During playback, the current track’s elapsed playing
time will appear in the display window and menu.
Playback will stop at the end of the disc.
An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the
MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call
files that have the “.mp3” file extension “MP3 files”.
The DVD Receiver can not read an MP3 file that has
a file extension other than “.mp3”.
MP3 Disc compatibility with this DVD Receiver
is limited as follows:
MP3
2
Sampling Frequency : only at 44.1kHz
Bit rate : within 32 - 320kbps
CD-R physical format should be “ISO 9660”
If you record MP3 files using the software which
cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, it is impossible to
playback MP3 files.
A single session disc requires MP3 files in the first
track. If there is no MP3 file in the 1st track, it cannot
playback MP3 files. If you wish to playback MP3 files,
format all the data in the disc or use a new one.
File names should be named using 8 letters or less
and must incorporate “.mp3” extension
e.g. “********.mp3”.
Do not use special letters such as “/ : * ? “ < > ” etc.
Total number of files on the disc should be less than
650.
This DVD Receiver requires discs/recordings to meet
certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal
playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically
set to these standards. There are many different types
of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing
MP3 files). That require certain pre-existing conditions
(see above) to insure compatible playback.
Customers should also note that permission is
required in order to download MP3 files and music
from the Internet. Our company has no right to
grant such permission. Permission should always
be sought from the copyright owner.
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
Audio CD Menu
Program
CD
MP3 disc Menu
Program
MP3
TRACK01
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
Clear All
TRACK08
0: 56: 18
ST
AUTO
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
Clear All
1
OFF
5 Press x (STOP) to stop playback.
25
OPERATION
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation (Continued)
Pause
CD
Repeat
MP3
CD
MP3
1 Press X (PAUSE) during playback.
1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
2 To return to playback, press X (PAUSE) again or
press H (PLAY).
2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
TRACK
Selecting Another Track
CD
ALL
OFF
MP3
If a disc has more than one track, you can move to
another track as follows:
Press . or > briefly during playback to go to the
next track or to return to the beginning of the current
track.
Press . twice briefly to step back to the previous
track.
On Audio CDs, to go directly to any track, enter the
track number using the number buttons (0-9) during
playback.
• TRACK: repeats the current track
• ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc.
• OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Note
When you press . twice or > during Repeat mode
to go to previous track or next track, repeat mode (Track
repeat only) is canceled.
Changing the Audio Channel
Notes
For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons
(1-9) and wait that the operation is performed.
For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons
(0-9) in rapid succession.
Search
CD
MP3
1 Press m or M during playback.
The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode.
2 Press m or M repeatedly to select the required
speed: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (backward) or 1 M, 2
M, 3 M (forward).
Search speed and direction are indicated on the menu
screen.
3 To return to playback, press H (PLAY).
26
CD
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a
different audio channel (ST, LEFT, or RIGHT).
JPEG File Operation
JPEG
This DVD Receiver can play discs with JPEG files.
Before playing JPEG files, read the notes on JPEG
Files on right.
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on the TV
screen.
1
MP3
JPEG
Selecting another Files
Press . or > once while viewing a picture to
advance to the next file or to the previous file.
OPERATION
Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc
Still Picture
1 Press X (PAUSE) during slide show.
The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 To return to the slide show, press H (PLAY) or
X (PAUSE) again.
To flip the picture
Use V/v to select the JPEG then press ENTER.
JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
2 The
Press V/v while showing a picture to flip the
picture horizontally or a vertically.
JPEG
Folder1
To rotate picture
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Press B/b while showing a picture to rotate the
picture clockwise or counter clockwise.
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
Slide Speed
Off
V/v to select a folder, and ENTER.
3 Use
A list of files in the folder appears.
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select
Notes on JPEG Files
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder
list, use the V/v buttons on the remote to highlight
“
” and press ENTER to return to the previous menu
screen.
Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD Receiver to
read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an on-screen
display after several minutes, some of the files are too
big — reduce the resolution of the JPEG files to less
than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc.
Total number of files and folders on the disc should be
less than 650.
Use V/v to select a file then press ENTER or
4 Viewing
(PLAY).
the file function starts.
Some disc may be incompatible due to different
recording format or condition of disc.
H
While viewing a file, press RETURN to move to the
previous menu (JPEG menu).
When you are using software to burn the jpeg files
into the CD-R, ensure that all the selected files have
the “.jpg” extensions when copying into the CD layout.
If the files have “.jpe” or “.jpeg” extensions, please
rename them as “.jpg” files.
File names without “.jpg” extension will not be able to
be read by this DVD Receiver, even though the files
are shown as JPEG image files in windows explorer.
menu.
Tip
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
Note
JPEG file that does not play is skipped.
JPEG
Folder1
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
5/32
1024X768
Slide Speed
Off
5/32
1024X768
Picture5.jpg
Tip
There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast,
Normal, Slow, and Off. Use B/b to highlight the Slide
Speed then use V/v to select the option you want to
use, and press ENTER.
Press x (STOP) to stop viewing.
5 The
JPEG menu appears.
27
Programmed Playback
VCD2.0
CD
Programmed Playback with Audio CD
and MP3 Disc
The Program function enables you to store your favorite
tracks from any disc in the DVD Receiver memory.
Program can contain 30 tracks.
Press PROGRAM to enter the Program Edit
mode.
1
The
mark will appear to the right of the word
Program on the right side of the menu screen.
Note
Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode;
the
mark will disappear.
VCD1.1
MP3
Programmed Playback with Video CD
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Program function. See page 20.
1 Insert Video CD and close the tray.
2 Press PROGRAM.
The VCD Program menu will appear.
Note
Press RETURN, PROGRAM or H (PLAY) to exit the
Program menu.
steps 2-6 of “Programmed Playback with
3 Follow
Audio CD and MP3 disc” on left.
“PROGRAM” appears on the TV screen.
a track, then press ENTER to place the
2 Select
selected track on the Program list.
step 2 to place additional tracks on the
3 Repeat
Program list.
Program
VCD
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
Audio CD menu
TRACK 6
MP3 disc Menu
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
Program
CD
TRACK 1
TRACK 12
TRACK 2
TRACK 8
TRACK 3
TRACK 10
TRACK 4
TRACK 3
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
Clear All
TRACK 8
0: 56: 18
ST
AUTO
Program
MP3
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
To return normal playback from
4 programmed
playback, press PROGRAM.
“PROGRAM” disappears on the TV screen.
Clear All
3
OFF
4 Press b.
The programmed track you selected last is highlighted on
the program list.
Repeat Programmed Tracks
1 Press REPEAT when playing the programmed tracks.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
Press V/v to select the track you want to start
5 playing.
TRACK
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
6 Press
H (PLAY) or ENTER to start.
Playback begins in the order in which you programmed
the tracks and “PGM” appears on the menu screen.
Playback stops after all of the tracks on the Program list
have played once.
7
Clear All
To return normal playback from programmed
playback, press PROGRAM to exit the Program
Edit mode. Select a track of CD (or MP3) list and
then press ENTER or H (PLAY).
“PGM” indicator disappears in the display window.
ALL
OFF
• TRACK: repeats the current track
• ALL: repeats all tracks on the program list.
• OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Erasing a Track from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM during playback (Audio CD and
MP3 disc only) or stop to enter the Program Edit
mode.
The
mark will appear.
2 Press b to move to the Program list.
3 Use V/v to select the track that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
4 Press CLEAR.
The track will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the whole Program List
1 Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track from Program
List” as above.
2 Use V/v to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased
Notes
28
The programs are cleared when the power is turn off.
The programs are cleared when the disc is removed.
The programs are cleared when another function mode
(VIDEO, FM, AM etc,.) is selected.
Speaker Setup
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
S
S
Rating
Front L
Area Code
Volume
TV Aspect
Size
Small
Menu Language
Distance
0.3 m
0 dB
Test
Return
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
DVD SETUP.
1 Press
The Setup menu appears.
“5.1 Speaker Setup” using the V/v
2 Select
buttons on the setup menu.
“5.1 Speaker Setup” is selected,
3 While
press b button.
4 Press b buttons to select the desired speaker.
5 Adjust options by using V/v/B/b buttons.
Distance
If you connected speakers to your DVD Receiver, setting the Distance lets the speakers (except subwoofer)
know how far the sound has to travel to reach your set
listening point. This allows the sound from each speaker
to reach the listener at the same time.
Note
You can not set the distance of subwoofer speaker.
Test
Press ENTER to test the signals of each speaker.
Adjust the volume to match the volume of test signals
memorized in the system.
Front Left (L) → Center → Front Right (R) →
Surround Right (R) → Surround Left (L) → Subwoofer
You can stop the test using V/v.
Return
Press ENTER to return to the previous menu.
Speaker selection
Select a speaker that you want to adjust. ((Front speaker (Left), Front speaker (Right), Center Speaker,
Surround speaker (Left), Surround speaker (Right), or
Subwoofer))
Note
Certain speaker settings are prohibited by the Dolby
Digital licensing agreement.
Volume
Press B / b to adjust the output level of the selected
speaker. (-6dB ~ 6dB)
Size
Since the speaker settings are fixed, you cannot change
the settings.
Subwoofer’s size is fixed “Large” and the other
speaker’s size are fixed “Small”.
29
OPERATION
You can set your personal preferences on the DVD function
mode.
Adjust the following settings for the built-in 5.1 channel
surround decoder.
Additional Information
Sleep Timer Setting
Dimmer
You can set the DVD Receiver to turn off automatically
at a specified time.
This function will change the brightness of the display
window on the front panel during in power-on status.
Press the DIMMER repeatedly.
1
Press SLEEP to set the desired sleep time.
2
Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes
in the following order.
SLEEP 90 →80 → 70 → 60→ 50 → 40 → 30 → 20 →10 →
OFF
The SLEEP indicator and sleep time appears in the display window.
Note
You can check the time remaining before the DVD
Receiver turns off.
Press SLEEP. The remaining time appears in the
Display Window.
Viewing the Playing Time and
Remaining Time in the Front Panel
Display
You can check the disc information, such as the remaining time, total number of titles in a DVD, or tracks in a
CD, VIDEO CD or MP3, using the front panel display.
Press DISPLAY on the remote.
Muting
Press MUTING to mute your unit.
You can mute your unit in order, for example, to answer
the telephone, “MUTING ON” indicator in the Display
Window. To exit mute mode, press MUTING again.
Using Headphone Jack
Connect a stereo headphone plug ( 3.5mm) into the
PHONES connector.
The speakers are automatically disconnected when you
plug in a headphone (not supplied).
Volume Control
You can adjust the volume by pressing VOLUME (-/+)
repeatedly.
Using the Sound Effect
This system provides you with sound effect, simply by
pressing a button. Choose sound to suit your needs.
Each time you press DISPLAY while playing the disc,
the display changes.
Press DSGX on the remote.
Notes
The sound effect is activate.
Depending on the type of disc being played and the playing
mode, the disc information may not be displayed.
This function is available during only playback mode.
Tips
When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, only the play-
ing time of the scene is displayed.
The playing time and remaining time of the current chapter,
title, track, scene, or disc will also appear on your TV screen.
DSGX
With DSGX on, bass frequencies are effectively
reinforced.
To turn off the sound effect
Press DSGX on the remote again.
Notes
When you connect headphones to the system, the DSGX
function does not work.
This function is available during only playback mode.
30
Presetting the Radio stations
Listening to the Radio
You can preset 30 stations for FM and AM (MW). Before
tuning, make sure that you have turned down the volume.
Preset radio stations in the DVD Receiver’s memory first
(see “Presetting radio stations” on the left).
Press TUNER/BAND on the remote control until
FM or AM (MW) appears in the display window.
1
then every time you press TUNER/BAND,
2 And
FM and AM (MW) changes alternately.
and hold TUNING - or + on the remote
3 Press
control for about two seconds until the
frequency indication starts to change, then
release.
Scanning stops when the DVD/CD Receiver tunes in a
station. “TUNED” and “ST” (for stereo program)
appear in the Display Window.
4 Press TUNER MENU on the remote control.
TUNING - or + on the remote control to
5 Press
select the preset number you want.
TUNER MENU on the remote control
6 Press
again.
A preset number will flash in the Display Window.
1
The last received station is tuned in.
PRESET -/+ repeatedly to select the
2 Press
preset station you want.
Each time you press the button, the DVD receiver tunes in
one preset station at a time.
the volume by pressing VOLUME + or 3 Adjust
repeatedly.
To turn off the radio
Press @ / 1 to turn the DVD Receiver off or select another function mode (CD/DVD, VIDEO or TV).
To listen to non-preset radio stations
Use manual or automatic tuning in step 2.
For manual tuning, press TUNING - or + on the
remote control repeatedly.
For automatic tuning, press and hold TUNING - or +
for about two seconds on the remote control.
The station is stored.
7
Repeat steps 3 to 6 to store other stations.
To tune in a station with a weak signal
Press TUNING - or + repeatedly in step 3 to tune in the
station manually.
To clear all the stored stations
Press and hold TUNER MENU for about two seconds
and “CLEAR ALL” is appeared in the display window
and then press TUNER MENU again, the stations are
cleared.
If you have accidentally entered into the "CLEAR
ALL" mode and you do not wish to clear the memory,
do not press any key. After a few seconds, the
"CLEAR ALL" display will go off by itself and change
to normal mode.
Press TUNER/BAND until AM (MW) or FM
appears in the Display Window.
To select a preset radio station directly
You can use the number buttons on the remote control
to select a preset radio station directly.
For example, to listen to preset station 4, press 4 on the
remote control. To listen to preset station 19, press 1
then 9 (within 3 seconds).
For your reference
If an FM program is noisy
Press FM MODE on the remote control so that “ST”
disappears in the display window. There will be no
stereo effect, but the reception will improve. Press
FM MODE again to restore the stereo effect.
To improve reception
Reorient the supplied antennas.
Note
If all stations have already been entered, the FULL
message will appear in the display window for a
moment and then a preset number will flash.
To change the preset number, follow the steps 5-6 as
above.
31
OPERATION
Radio Operation
Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote
You can control the sound level, input source, and
power switch of your TV with the supplied remote.
Controlling the TV
You can control your TV using the buttons below.
By pressing
You can
TV @ / 1
TV/VIDEO
Turn the TV on or off.
Switch the TV’s input source
between the TV and other input
sources.
TV CH +/-
Scans up or down through
memorized channels.
TV VOL +/-
Adjust the volume of the TV.
TV @ / 1
Using the number buttons for controlling the
TV
TV
When you set the remote to the TV mode, you can use
the number buttons for controlling the TV.
Press the TV buttons
The TV button turns red and the remote is set to the TV
mode. You can select the TV channels by using the
number buttons.
>10 is for selecting the channel number greater than 10.
To cancel the TV mode, press the TV button again.
Notes
Before adjusting the TV, press TV.
The TV button turns off when you do not operate the
remote for 10 seconds.
Depending on the TV, you may not be able to control
your TV or to use some of the buttons above.
Tip
Depending on the TV manufacture, the following method
works. For double-digit number, press -/-- first and then
number. (For example, for channel 25, press -/--, then 2
and 5.)
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/TV VOL +/-
32
SONY TV DIRECT allows you to turn on your SONY TV
and this system, change the system mode to “CD/DVD,”
and then switch the TV’s input source you set with one
button push.
By pressing Number
TV’s input source
TV/VIDEO 0
No input source
(Default)
SONY TV DIRECT
1
VIDEO1
2
VIDEO2
3
VIDEO3
4
VIDEO4
5
VIDEO5
6
VIDEO6
7
COMPONENT 1
INPUT
8
COMPONENT 2
INPUT
TV
Number buttons
OPERATION
Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function
and hold TV CH + while entering the code
2 Press
for transmit time (see table below) using the
number buttons.
The transmit time from the remote is selected.
If you successfully set the transmit time code, the
TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is
unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times
quickly.
Transmit time
TV CH +
1
2
0.5 (Default)
1
3
1.5
4
2
5
2.5
6
3
7
3.5
8
4
TV/VIDEO
Operation
TV CH +/-
Point the remote to the direction of TV and this system,
then press SONY TV DIRECT once.
While transmitting the code from the remote, the TV button flashes.
Preparation
Register the TV’s input source connected to this
system.
1
By pressing Number
Press and hold TV/VIDEO while entering the
code for the TV’s input source to connect this
system (see table below) using the number
buttons.
Notes
The function is only for SONY TV series.
If this function does not work, change the transmit
time. The transmit time varies depending on the TV.
If distance between TV and this system is too far, this
function may not work. Install the system near the TV.
Keep the remote pointed in the direction of the TV
and this sysetm whlie the TV button is flashing.
TV’s input source is selected
If you successfully set the TV’s input source code,
the TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is
unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times
quickly.
33
Language Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Disc Audio”, “Disc Subtitle” and/or “Disc Menu”
(See page 19).
Code
Language
Code
Language
Code
Language
Code
Language
6566
Abkhazian
7074
Fiji
7678
Lingala
8373
Singhalese
6565
Afar
7073
Finnish
7684
Lithuanian
8375
Slovak
6570
Afrikaans
7082
French
7775
Macedonian
8376
Slovenian
8381
Albanian
7089
Frisian
7771
Malagasy
8379
Somali
6577
Ameharic
7176
Galician
7783
Malay
6983
Spanish
6582
Arabic
7565
Georgian
7776
Malayalam
8385
Sudanese
7289
Armenian
6869
German
7784
Maltese
8387
Swahili
6583
Assamese
6976
Greek
7773
Maori
8386
Swedish
6588
Aymara
7576
Greenlandic
7782
Marathi
8476
Tagalog
6590
Azerbaijani
7178
Guarani
7779
Moldavian
8471
Tajik
6665
Bashkir
7185
Gujarati
7778
Mongolian
8465
Tamil
6985
Basque
7265
Hausa
7865
Nauru
8484
Tatar
6678
Bengali; Bangla
7387
Hebrew
7869
Nepali
8469
Telugu
6890
Bhutani
7273
Hindi
7879
Norwegian
8472
Thai
6672
Bihari
7285
Hungarian
7982
Oriya
6679
Tibetan
6682
Breton
7383
Icelandic
8065
Panjabi
8473
Tigrinya
6671
Bulgarian
7378
Indonesian
8083
Pashto, Pushto
8479
Tonga
7789
Burmese
7365
Interlingua
7065
Persian
8482
Turkish
6669
Byelorussian
7165
Irish
8076
Polish
8475
Turkmen
7577
Cambodian
7384
Italian
8084
Portuguese
8487
Twi
6765
Catalan
7465
Japanese
8185
Quechua
8575
Ukrainian
9072
Chinese
7487
Javanese
8277
Rhaeto-Romance
8582
Urdu
6779
Corsican
7578
Kannada
8279
Rumanian
8590
Uzbek
7282
Croatian
7583
Kashmiri
8285
Russian
8673
Vietnamese
6783
Czech
7575
Kazakh
8377
Samoan
8679
Volapük
6865
Danish
7589
Kirghiz
8365
Sanskrit
6789
Welsh
7876
Dutch
7579
Korean
7168
Scots Gaelic
8779
Wolof
6978
English
7585
Kurdish
8382
Serbian
8872
Xhosa
6979
Esperanto
7679
Laothian
8372
Serbo-Croatian
7473
Yiddish
6984
Estonian
7665
Latin
8378
Shona
8979
Yoruba
7079
Faroese
7686
Latvian, Lettish
8368
Sindhi
9085
Zulu
34
Area Code List
Code
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CS
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
Area
Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaidjan
Bosnia-Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Ivory Coast
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Former Czechoslovakia
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Code
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
Area
Eritrea
Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands
Micronesia
Faroe Islands
France
France (European
Territory)
Gabon
Great Britain
Grenada
Georgia
French Guyana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe (French)
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
S. Georgia & S. Sandwich
Isls.
Guatemala
Guam (USA)
Guinea Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard and McDonald
Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean
Territory
Iraq
Iran
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia6
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla
North Korea
South Korea
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Laos
Lebanon
Code
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
Area
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldavia
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Macedonia
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana Islands
Martinique (French)
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia (French)
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
Polynesia (French)
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Pitcairn Island
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Reunion (French)
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Code
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SU
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UK
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
Area
Seychelles
Sudan
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
Slovak Republic
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Saint Tome and Principe
Former USSR
El Salvador
Syria
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern
Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tadjikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan
Tanzania
Ukraine
Uganda
United Kingdom
USA Minor Outlying
Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State
Saint Vincent &
Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (USA)
Vietnam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe
35
REFERENCE
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting “Area Code” (See page 21).
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Symptom
Cause
Correction
No power.
• The power cord is disconnected.
• Plug the power cord securely into the
wall outlet.
The power is on, but
the DVD Receiver does
not work.
• No disc is inserted.
• Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
No picture.
• The TV is not set to receive DVD signal
output.
• Select the appropriate video input mode
on the TV so the picture from the DVD/
CD receiver appears on the TV screen.
• The video cable is not connected
securely.
• Connect the video cable into the jacks
securely.
• The connected TV power is turned off.
• Turn on the TV.
• The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
• Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can hear the
sound from the DVD Receiver.
• The audio cables are not connected
securely.
• Connect the audio cable into the jacks
securely.
• The power of the equipment connected
with the audio cable is turned off.
• Turn on the equipment connected with
the audio cable.
• The audio connecting cable is damaged.
• Replace it with new one.
• The disc is dirty.
• Clean the disc.
There is no sound or
only a very low-level
sound is heard.
The playback picture is poor.
The DVD Receiver does • No disc is inserted.
not start playback.
Loud hum or noise is
heard.
36
• Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
• An unplayable disc is inserted.
• Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type, colour system and Regional code.)
• The disc is placed upside down.
• Place the disc with the playback side
down.
• The disc is not placed within the guide.
• Place the disc on the disc tray correctly
inside the guide.
• The disc is dirty.
• Clean the disc.
• A menu is on the TV screen.
• Press the DVD SETUP button to turn off
the menu screen.
• The Rating level is set.
• Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
• The plugs and jacks are dirty.
• Wipe them with a cloth slightly moistened with alcohol.
• The disc is dirty.
• Clean the disc.
• The speakers and components are
connected poorly.
• Connect the speakers and components
securely.
• The DVD Receiver is located too close
to the TV.
• Move your TV away from the audio components.
Troubleshooting (Continued)
Radio stations cannot
be tuned in.
The remote control
does not work properly.
Cause
• The antenna is positioned or connected
poorly.
• Adjust the antennas and connect an
external antenna if necessary.
• The signal strength of the stations is too
weak (when tuning in with automatic
tuning).
• Tune in the station manually.
• No stations have been preset or preset
stations have been cleared (when
tuning by scanning preset stations).
• Preset the stations (page 31).
• The remote control is not pointed at the
remote sensor of the DVD Receiver.
• Point the remote control at the remote
sensor of the DVD Receiver.
• The remote control is too far from the
DVD Receiver.
• Use the remote control within about 20
ft (6 m).
• There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and the DVD/CD
receiver.
• Remove the obstacle.
• The batteries in the remote control are
flat.
• Replace the batteries with new ones.
The sound mode or Pro • The system cannot change while playing a MP3 disc.
Logic II mode cannot
be changed.
The front panel display
is too dim.
Correction
• Connect the antenna securely.
REFERENCE
Symptom
• Nothing is displayed on the front panel
display.
• Insert such a CD disc.
• Press DIMMER on the remote control.
37
Specification
[General]
Power supply
Power consumption
Mass
External dimensions (W x H x D)
Operating conditions
Operating humidity
Laser
[Video]
[CD/DVD]
Emission duration
Signal system
Frequency response (audio)
Signal-to-noise ratio (audio)
Dynamic range (audio)
Harmonic distortion (audio)
Inputs
[Amplifier]
AM
[MW]
[Tuner]
[FM]
Video output
Tuning Range
Intermediate Frequency
Signal-to Noise Ratio
Tuning Range
Intermediate Frequency
Stereo mode
Surround mode
(* Depending on the sound mode
settings and the source, there
may be no sound output.)
[Supplied
Accessories]
[Speakers]
Outputs
Type
Impedance
Frequency Response
Rated Input Power
Max. Input Power
Net Dimensions (W x H x D)
Net Weight
220-240V AC, 50/60Hz
100W, No more than 1 W (220-240V AC) (at the power saving mode)
4.9 kg
430 x 70 x 370 mm
Temperature: 5°C to 35°C, Operation status: Horizontal
5% to 85%
Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm for VCD and DVD,
wavelength 780 nm for CD
Continuous
PAL, NTSC
2 Hz ~ 20 kHz (±1.0 dB)
More than 75 dB (1 kHz, NOP, 20 kHz LPF/A-Filter)
More than 70 dB
0.5 % (1 kHz, at 12W position) (20 kHz LPF/A-Filter)
VIDEO (AUDIO IN):
Sensitivity: 800 m V
Impedance: 50 kilohms
SCART (AUDIO IN):
Sensitivity: 800 m V
Impedance: 50 kilohms
1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., RCA jack
EURO AV (TO TV)
87.5 - 108 MHz
10.7 MHz
60 dB (Mono)
522 - 1,611 kHz
450 kHz
80W + 80W (6 Ω at 1 kHz, THD 10 %)
Front: 80W + 80W
Centre*: 80W
Surround*: 80W + 80W (6Ω at 1 kHz, THD 10 %)
Subwoofer*: 150W (3Ω at 50 Hz, THD 10 %)
PHONES: (32 Ω, 25mW)
Front Speaker
Surround Speaker
Centre Speaker
(SS-TS12)
(SS-TS13)
(SS-CT12)
(SS-WS13)
1 Way 1 Speaker
1 Way 1 Speaker
1 Way 1 Speaker
1 Way 1 Speaker
6Ω
6Ω
180 - 20,000 Hz
180 - 20,000 Hz
3Ω
45 - 180 Hz
80 W
80 W
80 W
80 W
80 W
80 W
260 x 1110 x 260 mm
100 x 105 x 110 mm
100 x 105 x 110 mm
175 x 380x405 mm
3.5 kg
0.6 kg
0.6 kg
6.7 kg
• Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• Subwoofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• Remote Commander (remote) RM-SS220
• Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• Speakers - Connection and
Installation (card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.5
.1
.1
.1
. . .1
150 W
150 W
• Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
• Size AA (R6) batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
• AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
• FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
• Foot pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
• Ferrite core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
❋ Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
38
6Ω
180 - 20,000 Hz
Woofer Speaker
Sony Corporation
Printed in China
http://www.sony.net
DVD ëàëíÖåÄ
ÑéåÄòçÖÉé
äàçéíÖÄíêÄ
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
DAV-SB200
©2004 Sony Corporation
RU
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
éëíéêéÜçé: óíéÅõ èêÖÑéíÇêÄíàíú ÇéáÉéêÄçàÖ
àãà èéêÄÜÖçàÖ ùãÖäíêàóÖëíÇéå, çÖ
ÑéèìëäÄâíÖ èéèÄÑÄçàü Ç èêàÅéê ÇéÑõ.
èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ: ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚Ú˚ı
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚‡ı, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ÍÌËÊÌÓÏ ¯Í‡ÙÛ ËÎË ‚ ÔÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı.
óÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌË ÔÓʇ‡, Ì ̇Í˚‚‡ÈÚÂ
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËË „‡ÁÂÚ‡ÏË, Ò͇ÚÂÚflÏË, Á‡Ì‡‚ÂÒ͇ÏË Ë Ú. ‰.
ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó „Ófl˘Ëı ҂˜ÂÈ.
ç ‚˚·‡Ò˚‚‡ÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ·˚ÚÓ‚˚ÏË
ÓÚıÓ‰‡ÏË, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊËÚ¸ ÂÂ
Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ‚ˉ ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚
ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í ıËÏ˘ÂÒÍËÏ.
чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í Î‡ÁÂÌ˚Ï
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï ä·ÒÒ‡ 1. ç‡ÍÎÂÈ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍÓÈ
̇‰ÔËÒ¸˛ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Ò ‚̯ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ÇçàåÄçàÖ:
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ·ÁÂ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ.
óÚÓ·˚ „‡‡ÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ËÁ‰ÂÎËfl, Ú˘‡ÚÂθÌÓ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl Ë
ÒÓı‡ÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ‰Îfl Ó·‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ ·Û‰Û˘ÂÏ. ÖÒÎË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ӷÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ ‚
ÓÙˈˇθÌ˚È ÒÂ‚ËÒÌ˚È ˆÂÌÚ (ÒÏ. Ôӈ‰ÛÛ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËfl).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Ó„‡ÌÓ‚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Ôӈ‰Û, ÓÚ΢Ì˚ı ÓÚ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÏÛ Ó·ÎÛ˜ÂÌ˲.
óÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔflÏÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ·ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ÎÛ˜‡, Ì ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ
ÍÓÔÛÒ. èË ÓÚÍ˚ÚÓÏ ÍÓÔÛÒ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ‚ˉËÏÓ„Ó
·ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ËÁÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl. çÖ ëåéíêàíÖ çÄ ãÄáÖêçõâ ãìó.
ÇçàåÄçàÖ: чÌÌ˚È ÔË·Ó Ì ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÔÓ‰‚Â„‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲
‚Ó‰˚ (͇ÔÎflÏ ËÎË ·˚Á„‡Ï). äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ ÌÂ„Ó Ì ÒΉÛÂÚ ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸
͇ÍËÂ-ÎË·Ó Ô‰ÏÂÚ˚, ̇ÔÓÎÌÂÌÌ˚ ‚Ó‰ÓÈ, Í ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËÂ, Í‡Í ‚‡Á˚.
Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
åÂ˚
• ÖÒÎË ˜ÚÓ-ÚÓ ÔÓÔ‡‰ÂÚ ‚ÌÛÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ë
‚˚ÁÓ‚ËÚ ͂‡ÎËÙˈËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Ï‡ÒÚÂ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË, ÔÂ‰
‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯËÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
• ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
̇ÔflÊÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ‚ËÎ͇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÓÁÂÚÍÂ, ‰‡Ê ‚ ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ.
• ÇÒ„‰‡ ‚˚‰Â„Ë‚‡ÈÚ ‚ËÎÍÛ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ ÌÂ
ÒÓ·Ë‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ¯ÌÛ, ‚Ò„‰‡
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ËÎÍË, Ë ÌË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ·ÂÁ ÌÂÂ.
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ˆËÍÛÎflˆË˛
‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡ ‰Îfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌÂ„Ó ÔÂ„‚‡.
• ç ̇‰Ó ÒÚÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÔΉ˚, Ó‰Âfl· ËÎË Ï‡ÚÂËË
(¯ÚÓ˚, Ú͇ÌË), ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl.
• ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í
ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË ‚
ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ
Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË Û‰‡ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl.
• ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ̇ÍÎÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË.
éÌÓ ‡ÒÒ˜ËÚ‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ‡·ÓÚÛ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
• ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ë ‰ËÒÍË fl‰ÓÏ Ò
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ò ÒËθÌ˚Ï Ï‡„ÌËÚÓÏ. ä Ú‡ÍËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï
ÓÚÌÓÒflÚÒfl ÏËÍÓ‚ÓÎÌÓ‚˚ ÔÂ˜Ë Ë ·Óθ¯Ë „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË.
• ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÚflÊÂÎ˚ı Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.
• ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚ÌÛÚË
ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ
ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚ÔÂ‚˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó,
ËÎË ÂÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÂÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÂ Â„Ó ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ,
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰Óʉ‡Ú¸ ÓÍÓÎÓ 30 ÏËÌÛÚ ÔÂ‰ Â„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
2
é· ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ı ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
• òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ
χÒÚÂÒÍÓÈ ÔÓ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ.
é ÏÂÒÚÓ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËflı
• ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÂÒË‚Â ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ
‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÂÈ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔÂ„‚‡ÌËÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË, ÍÓÔÛÒ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸
„Ófl˜ËÏ Ì‡ Ó˘ÛÔ¸. ùÚÓ ÌÓχθÌÓ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ÔË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÏ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË. íÂÏ Ì ÏÂÌÂÂ, ÔË͇҇ڸÒfl Í ÍÓÔÛÒÛ ÌÂ
ÒΉÛÂÚ. ç ÔÓÏ¢‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚ÚÓ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚Ó,
ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔӂΘ¸ Á‡ ÒÓ·ÓÈ ÔÂ„‚.
• ç˘ÂÏ Ì Á‡Í˚‚‡ÈÚ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl. êÂÒË‚Â
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Í ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË. ÖÒÎË ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚Â
ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl ̇ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ˜ÂÏ-ÎË·Ó
Á‡Í˚Ú˚, ÚÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂ„ÂÚ¸Òfl Ë ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸.
• ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ̇ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸, ̇ÔËÏÂ ÔΉ,
Ú‡Í Í‡Í ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl,
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ ̇ ÌËÊÌÂÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
• ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í
ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË ‚
ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ
Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl.
é· ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
• ÖÒÎË ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ,
‚ÌÛÚË ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÔÓËÁÓȉÂÚ, ÚÓ
ÒËÒÚÂχ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë
ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ò‡ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ ‚·„‡ Ì ËÒÔ‡ËÚÒfl.
• èË Î˛·ÓÏ ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ‚Ò„‰‡ ‚˚Ú‡ÒÍË‚‡ÈÚÂ
‰ËÒÍË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì ҉·ÂÚÂ, ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓ‚‰ËÚ¸Òfl.
îËÏÂÌ̇fl ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ̇ÍÎÂÂ̇ ̇ ÍÓÔÛÒ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ËÎË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇
ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÔÓÏÂÊÛÚÓÍ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚÂ
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ ‰ÎËÚÂθÌ˚È
ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ˝Í‡Ì‡.
éÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ ÔÓ‰‚ÂÊÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËflÏ ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
ÔÓÂ͈ËÓÌÌ˚ ˝Í‡Ì˚.
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èêàåÖóÄçàü èé ÄÇíéêëäàå èêÄÇÄå:
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
á‡ÍÓÌ Á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚ ·ÂÁ ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡Ú¸, Ú‡ÌÒÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸,
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸, ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ ͇·Âθ, ÔÛ·Î˘ÌÓ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ë Ò‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‚ ‡ÂÌ‰Û Óı‡ÌflÂÏ˚È ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËÏ
Ô‡‚ÓÏ Ï‡ÚÂˇÎ.
чÌÌÓ ËÁ‰ÂÎË ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl,
‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌÛ˛ Macrovision. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚
Ò˄̇Î˚ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl. èË Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË
ÙËθÏÓ‚ Ò ˝ÚËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË.
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ËÁ‰ÂÎËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı
Ô‡‚, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl Á‡˘Ë˘Â̇ ÙÓÏÛ·ÏË ËÁÓ·ÂÚÂÌËÈ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı
Ô‡ÚÂÌÚÓ‚ ëòÄ Ë ‰Û„ËÏË Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ËÌÚÂÎÎÂÍÚۇθÌÛ˛
ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Macrovision Corporation Ë ‰Û„Ëı Ô‡‚Óӷ·‰‡ÚÂÎÂÈ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚
‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌÓ Macrovision Corporation, ÓÌÓ
Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‰Óχ¯ÌÂ„Ó Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ÂÒÎË ÌÂÚ ËÌÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl Macrovision Corporation.
àÌÊÂÌÂÌ˚È ‡Ì‡ÎËÁ Ë ‰ÂÏÓÌÚ‡Ê Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰Îfl Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌËÈ
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í
ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ËÎË ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ËÌÓÈ
χÚÂˇθÌ˚È Û˘Â·.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÔË
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÓ‚ÂÚ˚ Ë ÔÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË, ӷ΄˜‡˛˘ËÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Á‡‰‡˜Ë.
3
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂ
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲. . . . . . . . . 12
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. . . . . . . . . . . 14
ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . 15
Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21
åËÌË„ÎÓÒÒ‡ËÈ ‰Îfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓ͇ Ë
Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì . 18
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
üÁ˚Í. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
êÖÜàåõ íÇ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . 20
ÑÛ„ËÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD. . . . . . . 22
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl . . . 22
Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . 24
èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD:
åÂÌ˛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ê‡ÍÛÒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl . 24
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ëÛ·ÚËÚ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-26
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . 25
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
è‡ÛÁ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò JPEG-هȷÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ç˚·Ó هȷ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ç‡˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ- Ë
MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . 28
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡ÈÏÂ‡, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ‚
Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl
‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡. . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ . . . . . . . . . . . 31
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . 32
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ
ÙËÏ˚ Sony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ. . . . . . . . . . . 36-37
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories (ÑÓηË
ㇷÓ‡ÚÓËÒ). "Dolby", "Pro Logic" Ë ‰‚ÓÈÌÓ "D" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl
ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡͇ÏË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories. äÓÌÙˉÂ̈ˇθÌ˚Â
ÌÂÔÛ·ÎËÍÛÂÏ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚. Ä‚ÚÓÒÍË Ô‡‚‡ ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊ‡Ú ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË
Dolby Laboratories 1992-1997. ÇÒ Ô‡‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚.
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÓÙˈˇθÌÓ Á‡„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems (ÑˉÊËڇΠë˽ڠëËÒÚÂÏÒ).
è‡ÚÂÌÚ˚ ëòÄ ‹5,451,942,5,956,674,5,974,380,5,978,762 Ë ‰Û„ËÂ
‚˚‰‡ÌÌ˚Â Ë Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂÒfl ̇ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌËË ‚ÒÂÏËÌ˚ ԇÚÂÌÚ˚.
"DTS" Ë "DTS Digital Surround" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡͇ÏË
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems 1996, 2000. ÇÒ Ô‡‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚.
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ᇄÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
éÒÌÓ‚ÌÓÈ ÙËÎ¸Ï ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓÂ, ËÎË
ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È ‡Î¸·ÓÏ.
ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÒÒ˚ÎÍË,
ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Â„Ó.
ÇˉÂÓ DVD-‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
äÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‰ËÒÍË
DVD-R/-RW, S-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ë ‰ËÒÍË CD-R ËÎË CD-RW,
ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË, ‰ËÒÍË MP3, ËÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ JPEG.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ËÎË ÓÚ Ò‡ÏËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW),
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW) ÌÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ÑËÒÍË DVD-RW ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË Ì ÏÓ„ÛÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ç ÔËÍÂÔÎflÈÚ ÌË͇ÍËı flÎ˚ÍÓ‚ Ë Ì‡ÍÎÂÂÍ Ì‡ Ó·Â
ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ Îˈ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ Ë Ì‡
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ).
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ÂÙÓÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
(̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ‚ˉ ÒÂ‰ˆ‡ ËÎË ‚ÓÒ¸ÏËÛ„ÓθÌ˚Â). éÌË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÓÚ͇Á‡ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
ÑËÒÍË, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ԇÍÂÚÌ˚Ï ÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË, ÌÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ËÁ‰ÂÎËË.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ DVD Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇Ï
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̇ÏÂÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì˚
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎflÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl. í‡Í ͇Í
‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË
‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏ˚Ï ‰ËÒ͇, ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌ˚Ï
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̉ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚, ËÎË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌ˚ ‰Û„Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
í‡ÍÊ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl, ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÏ˚Â Ò DVD-‰ËÒ͇ÏË Ë
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD, ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ‰ÂÎÓ‚˚ı
ˆÂÎÂÈ, ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ê„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ë DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡Ì Ë ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl
DVD, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‰Îfl „ËÓ̇ “5”.
äÓ‰ „ËÓ̇ ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ‚ χÍËÓ‚ÍÂ
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. éÌ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚËÔ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ˝ÚË ‰ËÒÍË.
чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ DVD‰ËÒÍË, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÂÒÚ¸ ÓÚÏÂÚÍË “5” ËÎË “‚Ò”.
èË ÔÓÔ˚ÚÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇”.
ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌË ÍÓ‰‡ „ËÓ̇
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸, ÌÂÒÏÓÚfl ̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ Ëı
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚ÏË
Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËflÏË, Ë ÔÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÌË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ.
5
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ - ˝ÚÓ Ú‡ÍÓÈ Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÙËθχ ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓ„Ó
‡Î¸·Óχ, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜‡ÒÚË, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ. èÓ‰ Ó‰ÌËÏ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÎË
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚. ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ
‡Á‰Â·, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ‡Á‰ÂÎ.
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ӷÓÁ̇˜‡Ú¸Òfl.
íÂÍ (‰ÓÓÊ͇) (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ- Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
ó‡ÒÚ¸ ÙËθχ ËÎË Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË
‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. ä‡Ê‰˚È ÚÂÍ ËÏÂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ
‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÍ.
ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ (‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË)
óËÒÎÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‰ÂÎfl˘Ëı ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ӷ΄˜ËÚ¸ ̇ıÓʉÂÌË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÒÚ‡ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. Ç
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, Û͇Á‡ÚÂÎË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl.
ëˆÂ̇
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÙËθÏ˚ Ë ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
(ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍË) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÂ͈ËË, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â
̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÒˆÂ̇ÏË”. ä‡Ê‰‡fl Ëϲ˘‡flÒfl ÒˆÂ̇
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÒˆÂÌ Ë ËÏÂÂÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÌÓÏÂ,
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌÛ˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ.
ëˆÂ̇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
î‡ÈÎ
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë هÈÎ˚
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl JPEG.
íËÔ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚:
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 2.0)
PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ ˜ÂÂÁ ÏÂÌ˛, ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ Ë
‰Û„Ë ӷ˚˜Ì˚ «ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂÌ˚» ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË. äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó,
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍÓ‚ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó
‡Á¯ÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ÓÌË ËϲÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË ·ÂÁ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 1.1)
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÌËÏË ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ú‡Í ÊÂ, Í‡Í Ë Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË.
éÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛Ú ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ Ë Á‚ÛÍ, Ӊ̇ÍÓ ÓÌË
Ì ËÏÂ˛Ú ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ PBC.
ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ:
ê‡ÁflÊÂÌÌÛ˛ ·‡Ú‡² ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ, ËÎË
ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁ·‡‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÚ Ì ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌ˚Ï ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÓÏ ‚
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ Á‡ÍÓÌÓ‰‡ÚÂθÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ᇠ·ÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËÂÈ, Ó·‡˘‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡ÈÓÌÌÓÏÛ
Û˜ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÔÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊÂÌ˲ Ú‚Â‰˚ı ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚.
5
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
íÂÏËÌ˚, Ëϲ˘Ë ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ Í ‰ËÒ͇Ï
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ
éÚÔ‡‚͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ì‰Ó·ÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÓË„Ë̇θÌÛ˛ ͇ÚÓÌÌÛ˛ ÍÓÓ·ÍÛ
Ë ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚Ó˜Ì˚ χÚÂˇÎ˚.
ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ Á‡ÌÓ‚Ó ÛÔ‡ÍÛÈÚÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, Í‡Í ÓÌÓ ·˚ÎÓ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚‡ÌÓ
ËÁ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓ Ì‡ Á‡‚Ó‰Â-ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎÂ.
èË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ˚
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó fl‰ÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇ ËÎË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
Â„Ó ÔÓÒΠۉ‡ÎÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
óÚÓ·˚ ÒÓı‡ÌËÚ¸ ̇ÛÊÌÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ˜ËÒÚÓÈ
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ fl‰ÓÏ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÎÂÚۘˠÊˉÍÓÒÚË, Ú‡ÍËÂ
Í‡Í ËÌÒÂÍÚˈˉÌ˚ ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË. ç ‰ÓÔÛÒ͇ÈÚ ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁ ÂÁËÌ˚ ËÎË Ô·ÒÚχÒÒ˚.
éÚ ÌËı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÒÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÒΉ˚ ̇ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË.
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ï‡ÌÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ı‡ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍË ‚ ÙÛÚÎfl‡ı.
ç ÔÓ‰‚Â„‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲ ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡ Ë
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÚÂÔ·, Ë Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ χ¯ËÌÂ, ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ÔÓ‰
ÔflÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË ÎÛ˜‡ÏË, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ۂÂ΢ÂÌË ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ˚ ‚ÌÛÚË Ï‡¯ËÌ˚.
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
éÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ Ë „flÁ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸
ÒÌËÊÂÌË ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë ËÒ͇ÊÂÌË Á‚Û͇.
èÂ‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
˜ËÒÚÓÈ Ú͇ÌË. èÓÚË‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ÓÚ ˆÂÌÚ‡ Í Í‡flÏ.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÒËθÌ˚ ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ,
·ÂÌÁËÌ, ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ, Ëϲ˘ËÂÒfl ‚ ÔÓ‰‡Ê ÏÓ˛˘ËÂ
‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‡ÌÚËÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍË ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË,
Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡˚ı ‚ËÌËÎÓ‚˚ı Ô·ÒÚËÌÓÍ.
óÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸ ÍÓÔÛÒ
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÒÛıÛ˛ Ú̸͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË
ÒËθÌÓ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ Ú̸͇, ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ Ò··ÓÏ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓ˛˘Â„Ó ‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ ËÎË ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ,
Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÓÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓ‚‰ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
чÌÌ˚È ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ ÍÛ„Î˚Â
‰ËÒÍË. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÌÂÒڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚ı ËÎË Ì ÍÛ„Î˚ı
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, ͇ÚÓ˜Ì˚Â, ÒÂ‰ˆÂ‚ˉÌ˚Â, Ë ‚ ÙÓÏÂ
Á‚ÂÁ‰˚ ) ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË ‚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
DVD-ÂÍÓ‰Â fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˘Ì˚Ï ÚÓ˜Ì˚Ï
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ÖÒÎË ÎËÌÁ‡ ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓÒÌËχÚÂÎfl Ë
‰ÂÚ‡ÎË ÔË‚Ó‰‡ ‰ËÒ͇ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚ ËÎË ËÁÌÓ¯ÂÌ˚, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌËÁÍËÏ ä‡Ê‰˚ 1000 ˜‡ÒÓ‚
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ „ÛÎflÌ˚È
ÍÓÌÚÓθ Ë Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËÂ. (èÂËӉ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË.) ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ
ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ.
ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ËÒÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ÍÓÏÏÂ˜ÂÒÍËÏË
ÂÍ‚ËÁËÚ‡ÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ËÎË Ó·Ó‰ÓÍ.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ
“
” ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ. ùÚÓÚ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl, ÓÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl,
ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Ì‡ Û͇ÁÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ DVD.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë Û͇Á‡ÌËfl
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒ͇Ï
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡·Ó˜ÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ‰ËÒ͇. óÚÓ·˚ ̇
ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎËÒ¸ ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚, ·ÂËÚÂ
‰ËÒÍ Á‡ Í‡fl. ç ÔËÍÎÂË‚‡ÈÚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ·Ûχ„Û ËÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ.
6
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ, ‚ ̇Á‚‡ÌË ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚, ÔËÏÂÌËÏ ÚÓθÍÓ Í ‰ËÒ͇Ï, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â
Ó·ÓÁ̇˜‡˛ÚÒfl ˝ÚËÏ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓÏ.
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË DVD
DVD
VCD2.0 ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ)
VCD1.1 ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ)
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË
CD
MP3 ÑËÒÍË MP3
JPEG ÑËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG
äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
@ / 1 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl)
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ‚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ÇÍÎ Ë Ç˚ÍÎ.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÂÒË‚Â‡
(‡‰ËÓ FM, ‡‰ËÓ AM, ‚ˉÂÓ,
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË CD/DVD-‰ËÒÍË).
ãÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇
ÑËÒÍ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á‰ÂÒ¸.
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl)
ë‚ÂÚËÚÒfl Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÂÒË‚Â
̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl (‚˚ÍÎ).
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ "+" ‰Îfl Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë
"-" ‰Îfl ÛÏÂ̸¯ÂÌËfl.
éíäêõíú/áÄäêõíú ( )
éÚÍ˚Ú¸ ËÎË Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
éÍÌÓ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
- PRESET +
-
VOLUME
+
FUNCTION
STANDBY
PHONES
IR
ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ (H)
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇.
X)
èÄìáÄ (X
ÇÂÏÂÌ̇fl ÔËÓÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á.
x)
ëíéè (x
éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË.
S)
é·‡ÚÌ˚È ¯‡„ (S
DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ ËÎË Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
T)
ò‡„ ‚ÔÂ‰ (T
DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
чژËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚ÎflÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ò˛‰‡.
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Á‚Û͇
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ̇ۯÌËÍË
7
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ëÚ‡ÚÛÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ‡‰ËÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÒÚÂÂÓÂÊËχ
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ MP3-‰ËÒÍ
ᇄÓ‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ DSGX ON
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È
ÙÓχÚ
FM
AM
ST
CD
MONO
TUNED PBC
MP3 DSGX
D D D PL II
SLEEP
D
ALBM
REP 1
TITLE CHAP TRK
D
DISC
ì͇Á‡ÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ
ÙÓÏ‡Ú - DOLBY
PROLOGIC II.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È ÙÓχÚ.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ڇÈÏÂ‡, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
̇ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ (VCD 2.0)
ᇄÓ‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â
̇ÒÚ‡Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ͇ÍÛ˛-ÌË·Û‰¸
‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
鷢 ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/ àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl/ ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌËfl/
ÇÂÏfl ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl/ íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÒÚ‡ÚÛÒ/ çÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È
ÂÊËÏ/ á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Â, ̇ÔËÏÂ, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ËÎË
ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇
ì͇Á‡ÌË Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
8
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ/Ú˛ÌÂ‡
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Ú˛ÌÂ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‚˚·Ó‡
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl (ÂÊËÏ˚ ìäÇ)
äÌÓÔ͇ Muting
çÂωÎÂÌÌÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
åÂÌ˛ Ú˛ÌÂ‡
á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ‚ Ú˛ÌÂ.
ç‡ÊËχÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸
Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ú˛ÌÂ‡.
èÓ„‡Ïχ
Ç˚Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
ÚÂÏ·Ó‚ ËÎË Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ Â„Ó.
èÓ‚ÚÓ
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·, ÚÂ͇, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ‚Ò„Ó.
êÂÊËÏ FM
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ÂÊËχÏË åÓÌÓ Ë
ëÚÂÂÓ
äÌÓÔ͇ TV
ëÎÛÊËÚ ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ Ò
ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÄìÑàé
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
(DVD) ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· (ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ).
êÄäìêë
Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ ͇ÏÂ˚ DVD, ÂÒÎË ˝Ú‡
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
ëìÅíàíêõ
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚.
è‰˚‰Û˘ËÈ/á‡‡Ì Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· ËÎË
ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ËÏ ‡Á‰ÂÎ‡Ï ËÎË
ÚÂ͇Ï. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ í˛ÌÂ‡.
ëÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÈ/á‡‡Ì Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ËÎË
ÚÂÍÛ. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ú˛ÌÂ‡.
åÂÌ˛ ÇÂıÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË DVD
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ ‰ËÒ͇, ÂÒÎË
˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
B/b/V/v (‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó/‚‚Âı/‚ÌËÁ)
Ç˚·Ó ÓÔˆËÈ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛
ÇÓÈÚË
èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË ‚˚·Ó‡ ÏÂÌ˛
DVD ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı DVD.
ìÓ‚Â̸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ +/–
ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
TV CH +/–
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓ„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ DVD
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ËÎË ÒÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË DVD.
SONY TV DIRECT
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‰Îfl DVD.
TV @ / 1
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
@/1
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) DVD-ÂÒË‚Â.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÂÊËÏÓ‚: A.F.D, AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII
MOVIE Ë PLII MUSIC
MODE
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚:
FLAT, ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC Ë NEWS
FUNCTION
Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV ËÎË CD/DVD)
Z
éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
DSGX
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ DSGX.
äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË 0-9
Ç˚·Ó ÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ÏÂÌ˛.
>10/ TV ENTER
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
SLOW t/ TUNINGèÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇Á‡‰.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ.
SLOW T/TUNING+
èÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ÔÂ‰.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
• H (PLAY)
燘Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
• X (PAUSE)
è‡ÛÁ‡ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
• x (STOP)
éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
åÂÌ˛ DVD
Ç˚‚Ó‰ËÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒÍÂ.
ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÏÂʉÛ
‡Á‰ÂÎÓÏ Ë Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ.
ê͇ۘ (+/-)
ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
CLEAR
쉇ÎflÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
ÏÂÌ˛.
ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú
ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
üÍÓÒÚ¸
àÁÏÂÌflÂÚ flÍÓÒÚ¸ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
TV/VIDEO
Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ Ò˄̇· ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
9
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
äÌÓÔ͇ Sleep
ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl.
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
òÚÂÔÒÂθ̇fl ‚ËÎ͇
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl Í ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰ (‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡)
óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡ (ÇˉÂÓ)
óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰ ΂˚È/Ô‡‚˚È)
èÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl Í ‡Û‰ËÓ - ‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰Û ‚̯̄Ó
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ (‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇, LDÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl).
‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ AM
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í ˝ÚÓÏÛ
‡Á˙ÂÏÛ.
‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ FM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í
˝ÚÓÏÛ ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ.
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚)
òÂÒÚ¸ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚, ÒÓÒÚ‡‚Îfl˛˘Ëı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl Í ˝ÚËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌËÏ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚,
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ı ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. åÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸
˝ÎÂÍÚÓÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ÁÓ‚ÂÚ
ÒÂ¸ÂÁÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ꇷӘËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ Ë Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË.
ÑËÒڇ̈Ëfl: éÍÓÎÓ 6 Ï (20 ÙÛÚ‡) ÓÚ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË
ÚÂΉ‡Ú˜Ë͇
êÄäìêë: éÍÓÎÓ 30 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÓÚ
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇.
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ëÌËÏËÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇
̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. and ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰‚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË
R6 (‡ÁÏÂ AAA), Òӷ≇fl
ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇Ô‡‚¸Ú „Ó
̇
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚÌÓ ÒÚ‡˚Â Ë ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË
10
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ, ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ ‚‡¯Â„Ó Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl, ÍÓÚÓÓ ‚˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ, ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÔÛÚÂÈ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ.
ëÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı Í ‚‡¯ËÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÛ ËÎË ‰Û„ËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï Ó
ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ı ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl.
– ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ
ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. è‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
AV-‚ıÓ‰ ̇ ‚‡¯ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ.
– ç ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ˜ÂÂÁ
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ. àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò DVD ·Û‰ÂÚ
ËÒ͇ʇڸÒfl ËÁ-Á‡ ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Á‡˘ËÚ‡ ÓÚ
ÌÂÒ‡Ì͈ËÓÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
ᇉÌflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
SCART INPUT
VIDEO
INPUT
AUDIO INPUT
R
S-VIDEO
INPUT
L
ÇˉÂÓÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔË·„‡˛˘Â„ÓÒfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl (V)
ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‡Á˙ÂÏ MONITOR OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl
ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (SCART)
V
S
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ
Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
(not
supplied)
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ
Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
(not
supplied)
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ EURO AV OUTPUT (ÖÇêé AV ÇõïéÑ ‰Îfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ SCART IN ̇
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl scart (S).
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ,
ÔÂ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ Ó·‡
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ˚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚‰ÂÌÛÚ˚ ‚ËÎÍË ËÁ
ÓÁÂÚÍË.
è‡ÌÂθ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡
11
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÇˉÂÓ (AUDIO ÄÛ‰ËÓ L/R ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È)
̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÄÛ‰ËÓ Ç˚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‚ıÓ‰˚ ‰Îfl ˝ÚËı ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl VIDEO.
12
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÔË·„‡˛˘ËÂÒfl ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM/AM ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AM LOOP.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚.
äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ˜ÂÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ç) Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ
Í ‰Û„ËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
‡ ·ÂÎ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ä)
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM
(ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
ÄÌÚÂÌ̇ FM (ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ÑÎfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ë ‰Û„Ëı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚.
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á‚ÂÌÛÚ‡.
èÓÒΠÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚, ÔÓ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË Ó·ÂÒÔ˜¸Ú ÂÈ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
ÖÒÎË ÔËÂÏ FM-˜‡ÒÚÓÚ ÌÂÛ‰Ó‚ÎÂÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÌ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ (Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ) ‰Îfl
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í Ì‡ÛÊÌÓÈ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ.
13
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ı ÔË·„‡˛˘ËıÒfl ¯ÌÛÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ËÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÈ, ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Á‚ÛÍ, ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ).
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(΂˚È)
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
뇷‚ÛÙÂ
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(΂˚È)
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Á̇ÍÓ‚ ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚË + Ë - ̇ ¯ÌÛ‡ı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ë Ì‡ ‡Á˙Âχı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚: ÔÎ˛Ò Í ÔβÒÛ,
ÏËÌÛÒ Í ÏËÌÛÒÛ. ÖÒÎË ÔÂÂÔÛÚ‡Ú¸ ͇·ÂÎË, Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ, ‡ Â„Ó ·‡Á‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò Ì‡ËÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ ËÁ χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸˛, ·Û‰¸ÚÂ
ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌ˚ Ò „ÛÎËÓ‚ÍÓÈ Á‚Û͇ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÁ·Âʇڸ ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓÈ ÔÓ‰‡˜Ë ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
ç ÒÌËχÈÚ ÔÂ‰ÌË ˜‡ÒÚË ÍÓÔÛÒ‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ.
èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸.
îÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ
é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔËÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ Í
͇·ÂÎflÏ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ (ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÏÛ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û). чÌÌ˚È ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ÔÓÏÂıË.
1
èËÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ÙÂËÚÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌË͇
1
2
3
4
óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÒÚÓÔÓ [a].
ë‰Â·ÈÚ ӉËÌ Ó·ÓÓÚ Í‡·ÂÎfl Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡ ˜ÂÂÁ
ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ.
ë‰Â·ÈÚ ӉËÌ Ó·ÓÓÚ Í‡·ÂÎfl ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˜ÂÂÁ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ.
èӘˠ͇·ÂÎË ÒΉÛÂÚ ÔÓÔÛÒÚËÚ¸ ˜ÂÂÁ ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ
̇ÔflÏÛ˛.
á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ ‰Ó ˘ÂΘ͇.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
•
•
ç ÔÂÂÊËχÈÚ ͇·ÂÎË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂʉÛ
ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚ÏË ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌË͇ÏË.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ ·ÎËÊÂ Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ
(ÒÏÓÚËÚ ËÒ. 3 Ë ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl).
14
a
a
2
3
ÑÎË̇ ‰ÓÎÊ̇
·˚Ú¸ Í‡Í ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÏÂ̸¯Â.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl 6 ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (2 ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡,
ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, 2 Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡ Ë Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ)
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ÓÚ΢ÌÓ ÌËÁÍÓ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÌÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ, ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ DTS ËÎË Á‚ÛÍ
Dolby Digital surround, ÒΉÛÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ.
• îÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ ‡‚Ì˚ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËfl ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ì„ÓÎ ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‰Ó
β·Ó„Ó ËÁ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÒÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ 45 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚.
• ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚
Ç Ë‰Â‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÚ‡ ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó Ë ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓ‚Ô‡‰‡Ú¸. çÓ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÒÔÓ·„‡˛Ú ̇‰ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
• í˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë ӷ·ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. чÌÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‚ÓÒÒÓÁ‰‡˛Ú ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ Ë
‡ÚÏÓÒÙÂÛ, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÛ˛ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚Â
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Ì ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ Ó·Î‡ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÎÛ˜¯Â ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ÛÓ‚ÌË Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÈ ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‚˚¯Â.
í‡ÍÊ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸, ÂÒÎË Ì‡Ô‡‚ËÚ¸ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ̇ ÒÚÂÌ˚ ËÎË ÔÓÚÓÎÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰‡Î¸ÌÂÈ¯Â„Ó ‡ÒÒÂË‚‡ÌËfl Á‚Û͇.
ÖÒÎË ‡ÁÏÂ˚ ÍÓÏ̇Ú˚ Ì·Óθ¯ËÂ, ‡ ÏÂÒÚÓ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Û Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÂÌ˚, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰Û„ ̇ÔÓÚË‚ ‰Û„‡ Ë Ì‡ ÛÓ‚Â̸, Ô‚˚¯‡˛˘ËÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸ Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎfl ̇ 60-90 ÒÏ.
• 뇷‚ÛÙÂ
Ö„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ ÔÂ‰ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÏ ‚ β·ÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
뇷‚ÛÙÂ
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì‡fl Äë
îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë
(΂‡fl)
îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë
(Ô‡‚‡fl)
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (΂˚È)
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
èËÏÂ ‡ÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸.
èËÍÂÔÎÂÌË ÔӉͷ‰ÓÍ
ÇÓ ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË ÒÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÔËÍÂÔËÚ ÔӉͷ‰ÍË,
‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ, Í ÌÓÊÍ‡Ï ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ÍÓÏ ÙÓÌڇθÌÓÈ Äë Ë Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÒÛÌÍÂ.
èӉͷ‰ÍË
15
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ëΉÛÈÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËflÏ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ë
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â/‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ ͇̇Î˚
DVD/ÇˉÂÓ ÂÒË‚ÂÓ‚.
SONY TV DIRECT
• CD/DVD
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ DVD:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl "CD/DVD"
• í˛ÌÂ FM/AM
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÔÂ‰‡˜ ̇ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ FM/AM:
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ
Ú˛ÌÂ‡
FUNCTION
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER/BAND (‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ Ú˛ÌÂ‡)
‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÏÂÊ‰Û AM- Ë FM-‡‰Ëӂ¢‡ÌËÂÏ.
Ç˚·‡Ì̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
• Ç‚Ó‰ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚È Í
‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AUDIO IN - á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇ ÇˉÂÓ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl “VIDEO”. ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ
‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚Ï Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ
AUDIO IN (á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ‚ıÓ‰‡) (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇
ÇˉÂÓ (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË).
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î,
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚È Í Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰Û (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ):
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡. ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl "TV". ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ
‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚Ï Í ÖÇêé AV
ÇõïéÑì (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ) (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË).
16
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ
DTS
èÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ 5.1 (ËÎË 6) ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌ˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ò
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ DTS Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ‰ËÒÍË, DVD Ë ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ
- ‰ËÒÍË. ëËÒÚÂχ DTS Digital Surround ÒÔÓÒӷ̇ ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‰Ó 6
͇̇ÎÓ‚ ÔÓÁ‡˜ÌÓ„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ (˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌË ˉÂÌÚ˘ÌÓ
ÔÂ‚ÓËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ) Ë ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚ ËÒÍβ˜ËÚÂθÌÛ˛ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ
Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‚ Ô‰Â·ı 360 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚.
DTS fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á‡„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÓ„Ó‚ÓÈ Ï‡ÍÓÈ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË
Digital Theater Systems, Inc. èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË Digital
Treater Systems, Inc.
DOLBY DIGITAL
îÓÏ‡Ú Dolby Digital surround Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ‰Ó 5.1 ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ Dolby Digital. èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË
DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÏÂÚÍÓÈ “
” , ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‰‡Ê ÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl, ·Óθ¯Â ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‡Á¯ÂÌË Ë
ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÍËÌÓÙËθÏÓ‚ ËÎË ‚
‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ Dolby Digital, ̇ ˜ÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÚ͇
“
.” ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡
ÍËÌÓÙËθχ ‚ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ËÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÏ ÍÓ̈ÂÚÌÓÏ Á‡Î ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ËÌÚÂÌÒË‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DOLBY PRO LOGIC SURROUND. ùÙÙÂÍÚ
ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Ó·‡Á‡ ‚ÔÂ‰/̇Á‡‰/‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó,
ÍÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔËflÚË ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ‚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏ
Ó·‡Á ̇ÏÌÓ„Ó ˜Ë˘Â Ë ·ÓΠ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÌÓ, ˜ÂÏ ‡Ì¸¯Â.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II
êÂÊËÏ Dolby Pro Logic II ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚ ÔflÚ¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ÔÓÎÌÓ„Ó ÒÔÂÍÚ‡ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚. ÑÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ˝ÚÓ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÛÒÓ‚Â¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó, Ò ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ ÒÚÂÔÂ̸˛ ˜ËÒÚÓÚ˚
χÚ˘ÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ËÁ‚ÎÂ͇ÂÚ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË ·ÂÁ
‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÌÓ‚˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ ËÎË ÚÓ̇θÌÓÈ ÓÍ‡ÒÍË.
êÂÊËÏ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÙËθÏÓ‚ PLII (PLII MOVIE):
êÂÊËÏ Movie (äËÌÓ) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË ÔÂ‰‡˜Â ÒÚÂÂÓÒÍÓÔ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl Ë ‚ÒÂı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Dolby Surround. Ç
˝ÚÓÏ ÂÊËÏ ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ڇ͇fl ̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÎfl,
ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌÓ„Ó 5.1 - ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl.
PLII MUSIC mode:
êÂÊËÏ Music (åÛÁ˚͇) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl β·˚ı
ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚ı ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ.
A.F.D. AUTO (ÅÂÁ Ó·‡·ÓÚÍË)
чÌÌ˚Â Ò ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ÏË ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·ÏË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl A.F.D. AUTO Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl
̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚.
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ
Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓÏ,
ÔÓÒÚÓ ‚˚·‡‚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ Á‡‡Ì Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÓÈ,
ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸.
A) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË MODE, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Â
ÂÊËÏ˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
FLAT → ROCK → POP → JAZZ → CLASSIC → NEWS → FLAT ...
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl
FLAT: ãËÌÂÈ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇.
ROCK: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
POP: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
JAZZ: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
CLASSIC: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍÂÒÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË
NEWS: ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÚÂÎÂÌÓ‚ÓÒÚÂÈ.
B) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË Ì‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT,
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
A.F.D. AUTO → DOLBY PL → PLII MOVIE → PLII MUSIC →
A.F.D. AUTO ...
(чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ)
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ç ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‰Îfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
êÂÊËÏ Sound (á‚ÛÍ) ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ, ÂÒÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ̇ۯÌËÍË.
äÓ„‰‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ DVD-‰ËÒÍ.
Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl DVD (Dolby Digital,
DTS, PRO LOGIC, Ë Ú.‰.), ̇ʇ‚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ïÓÚfl ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚, ‰‡Î ·Û‰ÛÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚
ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË AUDIO, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ DVD‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
→
→
→
ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ
• DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÒΉÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÂÊËχ ‰Îfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÓ ÓÚ‰ÂθÌÓÒÚË.
• îÓÏ‡Ú ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ
ÓÚÏÂÚÍ‡Ï Ì‡ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚ÍÂ.
- ÑËÒÍË Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ Dolby Digital
ËÏÂ˛Ú ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ
ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ.
- èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ËϲÚ
˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ.
- ÑËÒÍË ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ DTS Digital Surround ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ·ÛÍ‚‡ÏË
.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ì‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò Ì‡Û¯ÌË͇ÏË.
17
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
åËÌË-ÒÔ‡‚Ó˜ÌËÍ ÔÓ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ
Ë ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËχÏ.
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ÇÂÏÂÌÌ˚ Á̇˜ÍË Ó·‡ÚÌÓÈ Ò‚flÁË
é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ‰‡˛ÚÒfl ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÔË̈ËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ Ò DVDÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍDVD-‰ËÒÍË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛Ú ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â
ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â., ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ, Û͇Á˚‚‡˛˘ËÈ Ì‡ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËfl
Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‰ËÒÍÓÏ.
TITLE
CHAPT
TRACK
ALL
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ
ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
OFF
RESUME
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ó·˘Â ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛˘ÂÏÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË.
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÏÂÌ˛
1
2
3
èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·
èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ÇÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ë Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ ËÎË Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‡ÎËÁÓ‚‡Ì˚ ‚ÒÂ
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊÂ.
ÖÒÎË ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ì ̇ÊËχ˛ÚÒfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD DISPLAY ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÑÎfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
Ç˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔӉ҂˜˂‡Ú¸Òfl.
ÑÎfl B/b ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÔÛÌÍÚÓ‚, ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (̇ÔËÏÂ, ÌÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇).
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈Ëflı, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
ENTER ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl.
DVD
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË)
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
1 /3
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇.
B / b, ËÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
1 /12
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ ‡Á‰Â·.
B / b, . / > ËÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
0:20:09
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÒÚÂÍ¯Â„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÚӘ͠ÔÓ ËÒÚÂͯÂÏÛ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
üÁ˚Í Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÂÊËÏ
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡
üÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl,
ÏÂÚÓ‰‡ ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ë ÌÓÏÂ‡ ͇̇·, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
B / b, ËÎË
SUBTITLE
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
‡ÍÛÒÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ‡ÍÛÒ‡.
B / b, ËÎË
ANGLE
èÛÌÍÚ
çÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
çÓÏÂ ‡Á‰Â·
ê‡ÍÛÒ
1 /1
á‚ÛÍ
VCD2.0
OFF
AUTO
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÂÊËχ, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË)
çÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇
çÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ËÎË
ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÂÊËχ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl PBC.
ÇÂÏfl
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇̇Î
18
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
VCD1.1
èÛÌÍÚ
á‚ÛÍ
B / b, ËÎË
AUDIO
1 /3
0:20:09
àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
(ÅÂÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl).
ÄÛ‰ËÓÍ‡Ì‡Î Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·.
ST
AUTO
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
B / b, ËÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
–
B / b, ËÎË
AUDIO
íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ, Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (èÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. ùÚÓ
ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP.
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD.
üÁ˚ÍÓ‚Ó ÏÂÌ˛
鷢ˠÛ͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ÏÂÌ˛
1
2
3
4
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
ÑÎfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ Ë ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
äÓ„‰‡ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
b, ̇ V/v ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸, ÔÓÒÎÂ
̇‰Ó ̇ʇڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl
҉·ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔˆËË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP, RETURN, ËÎË
H (PLAY) ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
êÖÜàåõ íÇ
DVD
4:3 Letterbox: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl Ò ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ÏË ‚ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ Ë ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚflı
˝Í‡Ì‡.
4:3 Panscan: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì, ‡ ˜‡ÒÚË,
ÍÓÚÓ˚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì, Ó·ÂÁ‡˛ÚÒfl.
16:9 Wide: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ¯ËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 16:9.
4:3 Letterbox
4:3 Panscan
16:9 Wide
üÁ˚Í
üÁ˚Í ‰ËÒ͇
DVD
Ç˚·ÂËÚ flÁ˚Í ‰Îfl ÏÂÌ˛, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë
ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ‰ËÒ͇.
ëíÄçÑÄêíçÄü: ÑÎfl ‰ËÒ͇ ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚È flÁ˚Í.
ÑêìÉàÖ : óÚÓ·˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ flÁ˚Í, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl 4 - Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ flÁ˚͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇
̇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 34. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ӯ˷ÎËÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ‰Îfl
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
19
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
è‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÙÓχڇ 5.1
ÑÛ„ËÂ
DVD
Ç˚·Ó Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚
Ò·fl: ·‡Î‡ÌÒ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ËÎË ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
чÌÌ˚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ Ä̇ÎÓ„Ó‚ÓÏ
ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰Â.
(ëÏ. “ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚”, 29 ÒÚ.)
S
åÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ DRC Ë PBC.
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ V/v ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó
ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÔÓÒΠ‚˚·Ó‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ÏÂʉÛ
On Ë Off.
DRC
PBC
S
0.3 m
DRC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÓÏ)
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD*1-‰ËÒ͇ ·Î‡„Ó‰‡fl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó Á‚Û͇ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Û˛ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ‚ ̇˷ÓΠÚÓ˜ÌÓÏ Ë ‡ÎËÒÚ˘ÌÓÏ
Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Òʇڸ ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ
‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ (ÚÓ ÂÒÚ¸ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓÂ
‡Á΢ˠÔÓ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÏÂÊ‰Û Ò‡Ï˚ÏË „ÓÏÍËÏË Ë
Ò‡Ï˚ÏË ÚËıËÏË Á‚Û͇ÏË). ùÚÓ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË ÙËθχ ̇ χÎÓÈ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ·ÂÁ
ÔÓÚÂË flÒÌÓÒÚË Á‚Û͇. ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
Á‡‰‡ÈÚ ‰Îfl DRC ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ON.
*1: íÓθÍÓ Dolby Digital
ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ (PBC)
‚ÍÎ. : ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò PBC.
‚˚ÍÎ.: ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ӷ‡ÁÓÏ,
Í‡Í ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË.
20
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ
äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚
êÂÈÚËÌ„
ǂ‰ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Òڇ̉‡Ú˚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎËÒ¸
‚ ÂÈÚËÌ„Â DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇, ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË ÒÓ ÒÔËÒÍÓÏ
ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì (ëÏ. “ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì”, 35 ÒÚ.)
îËθÏ˚ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÒˆÂÌ˚, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÌÂ
ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰flÚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. èÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl (Parental
Control), ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔËÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ ‚ÒÂÏÛ ‰ËÒÍÛ ËÎË Í
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÒˆÂÌ‡Ï Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. ùÚË ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ÂÈÚËÌ„
ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚˚
‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ·ÓΠÔËÂÏÎÂÏ˚ ҈ÂÌ˚. êÂÈÚËÌ„Ë Á‡‚ËÒflÚ ÓÚ
ÒÚ‡Ì. îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË ËÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ÏË ÒˆÂ̇ÏË.
U S
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ V/v
̇ÒÚÓÂÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
Ç˚·‡‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b.
ÖÒÎË Ô‡Óθ Ì ·˚Î ‚‚‰ÂÌ.
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚È
˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ENTER. 燷ÂËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ë
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl.
èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÊ ‚‚ÂÎË Ô‡Óθ:
ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‰Îfl Ò‚ÂÍË Ò 4-Á̇˜Ì˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï Ô‡ÓÎÂÏ,
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÒÓ‚Â¯ËÎË Ó¯Ë·ÍÛ ÔÂ‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ENTER,
̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR Ë ‚‚‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È
Ô‡Óθ ¢ ‡Á.
4
5
Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÂÌË ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8 Ò V/v
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . Ö‰ËÌˈ‡ (1) ËÏÂÂÚ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ
Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ÇÓÒÂϸ (8) ËÏÂÂÚ
χÍÒËχθÌ˚ ӄ‡Ì˘ÂÌËfl ̇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
·ÂÁ Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ: ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÓÔˆË˛,
Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ. ÑËÒÍ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÔÓÎÌÓÏ Ó·˙ÂÏÂ.
êÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8: çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡Ú ÒˆÂÌ˚, ÌÂ
ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË
‰Îfl DVD ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÂÈÚËÌ„, ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl
‚Ò ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ËÎË ÏÂ̸¯ËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ.
ëˆÂÌ˚ Ò ·ÓΠ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ, ÂÒÎË ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÚ ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ÒˆÂÌ.
ÄθÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ÂÈÚËÌ„ Ì ‚˚¯Â
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó. ÖÒÎË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂ
‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Ú‡ÍÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ, ‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ‚‚ÂÒÚË 4Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÛÓ‚Â̸ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡,
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÓÔˆË˛ äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚
V/v ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
Ç˚·‡‚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b.
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3 ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ"êÂÈÚËÌ„" Ò΂‡.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÂ‚˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, b ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ
Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚‡¯Â„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÍÓ‰‡
ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Á‡˘ËÚÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ô‡ÓÎfl (ëÏ. àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl ÌËÊÂ).
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl
1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ 1-2, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â Ò΂‡ ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ(êÂÈÚËÌ„)
2 ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÚ‡˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
3 Ç˚·ÂËÚ àÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ , Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
4 ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
5 ǂ‰ËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È Ô‡Óθ ‚Ó ‚ÚÓÓÈ ‡Á Ë
ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ ‚‚Ó‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË ENTER.
6 ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË ‚‡¯ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË Ò‚ÓÈ Ô‡Óθ, Û‰‡ÎËÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Ô‡Óθ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ.
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
2 ǂ‰ËÚ 6-Á̇˜ÌÓ ˜ËÒÎÓ “210499”.
4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Û‰‡ÎËÚÒfl.
3 ǂ‰ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡Óθ, Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
(êÂÈÚËÌ„) Ò΂‡.
21
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
DVD
DVD
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰‡,
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl CD/DVD, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ
‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠÇ˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ̇ ÒÚ. 16.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ Z ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl
‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ÌËÁ.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‰‚ÛÒÚÓÓÌÌËÈ DVD-‰ËÒÍ, ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸
‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχfl ÒÚÓÓ̇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÒÌËÁÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ Z ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ “˜ÚÂÌË”, Ë
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. ÖÒÎË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ̇˜‡ÎÓÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (PLAY).
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇.
1
2
3
èË ÔÓfl‚ÎÂÌËË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛
ë‡ÁÛ ÔÓÒΠÁ‡„ÛÁÍË DVD-‰ËÒ͇ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
VCD2.0
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÓ„Ó, „‰Â ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ, ÂÒË‚Â
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡˜‡Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÌÂ Ò ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË, ‚
ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ·˚ÎÓ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
èÓÁˈËfl, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ,
Û‰‡ÎflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ„‰‡:
- ç‡Ê‡Ú‡ x ‚ ÂÊËÏ STOP.
- éÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ
- éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÂÌ˛ Ë ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı
ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ
‰ËÒ͇. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛.
í‡ÍÊ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ, Ë ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂ
Óڂ˜‡ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ (Ì ‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì), ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
‚‚ÂÒÚË 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Ë/ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸
‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì (ÒÏ. «êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ» ̇ ÒÚ. 21).
DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÏÂÚ¸ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰.
LJ¯ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË,
„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÓÚ΢‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ÍÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ËÏÂÂÚ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ 5.
ç ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ̇ ˝‡Ì ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÓÎ„Ó„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
1 /3
DVD
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Á̇˜Í‡
Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ˆËÙÓÈ (0-9), ÔÓÒÎÂ
˝ÚÓ„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY, Á‡ÚÂÏ B/b ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË
‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇
DVD
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b/V/v ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ/‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰Îfl
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP ËÎË DVD MENU.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
1 /12
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 /3
ÖÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚ Ò·fl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚/ÚÂÍÓ‚
(‰ÓÓÊÂÍ), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ë ‡Á‰ÂÎ/ÚÂÍ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ:
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍË PREV ËÎË NEXT ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇
ËÎË ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇.
Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÂÂÈÚË
ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í Í‡ÍÓÏÛ-ÎË·Ó ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ, ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD
DISPLAY. á‡ÚÂÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v ‚˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÓÍ
‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ÚÂ͇,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ‡Á‰Â·. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË.
ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
(0-9) ‚ ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË.
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ),
‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
èÓËÒÍ
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M .
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ì Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ËÌÓÂ, ‚Ò ÓÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌfl˛ÚÒfl
Ò ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË (Setup).
2 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M ‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸:
X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ), ËÎË X2
B, 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚ÔÂ‰).
ÑÎfl Video CD ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ) ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚ÔÂ‰).
3 ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ H (PLAY).
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
CD
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ, ÒËÒÚÂχ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÁËˆË˛, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ̇ʇÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x (STOP)
Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl "RESUME x”. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
H (PLAY) Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
22
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH).
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ X ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ (Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode.
2 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Ô‡ÛÁ‡.
2 Ç ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚ t ËÎË T ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SLOW.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (SLOW).
3 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË SLOW t ËÎË T ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸:
4 t, 3 t, 2 t ËÎË 1 t (̇Á‡‰), ËÎË 4 T, 3 T,
2 T or 1 T (‚ÔÂ‰).
4 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò Video CD ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ÔÂ‰.
èÓ‚ÚÓ
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
DVD-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·/Á‡ÔËÒË ÔÓ
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
CHAPT
TITLE
OFF
• ‡Á‰ÂÎ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ
• Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl Á‡ÔËÒ¸, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘‡fl
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
• ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ ÓÚÍÎ.
èÓ‚ÚÓ‡
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
óÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl Video CD Ò
PBC, ‚‡Ï ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ.20.
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ËÎË Ì‡
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl
(ÚÓθÍÓ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë ÚÂ͇).
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
DVD
0:20:09
-:--:--
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò Î˛·ÓÈ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD
DISPLAY. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ.
Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl ËÒÚÂͯÂÂ
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‰ËÒ͇.
2 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
‚ ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓÏ ÓÍÌ Á̇˜ÓÍ ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl “-:--:--”.
3 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
‚‚‰ËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÓ ‚ÂÏfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÂÏfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÔÓΠ‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ò΂‡ ̇Ô‡‚Ó ‚ ˜‡Ò‡ı,
ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı Ë ÒÂÍÛ̉‡ı.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ˆËÙ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ CLEAR ‰Îfl
Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚‚‰ÂÌÌ˚ı ˆËÙ. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ Ô‡‚ËθÌ˚ ˆËÙ˚.
4 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÏÂÌÚ‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚‚‰ÂÚ ‚ÂÏfl ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
TRACK
ALL
OFF
• ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ.
• ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
• ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
23
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD: åÂÌ˛
DVD ‰ÂÎËÚÒfl ̇ ·Óθ¯Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÒÂÍÚÓÓ‚, ËÁ
ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÓÒÚÓËÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ. ùÚË ÒÂÍÚÓ‡ ̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÚËÚ‡ÏË.” èË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Â„Ó ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚËÚÓ‚,
‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È ÚËÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ÂıÌÂ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU).
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘Ëı ‚‡Ï ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸
Ú‡ÍË ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚, Í‡Í flÁ˚Í ÓÁ‚ۘ˂‡ÌËfl, „ÛÎËÛÈÚÂ
˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU).
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ‚ÂıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU) ËÎË
ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU).
åÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ íÇ-˝Í‡ÌÂ.
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ ‚‡¸ËÛÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Í ‰ËÒÍÛ.
ê‡ÍÛÒ
DVD
1 /1
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂʇÚÒfl ÒˆÂÌ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÔÓ‰
‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË Û„Î‡ÏË Ò˙ÂÏÍË (Ó·ÁÓ‡), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË (‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
͇ÏÂ˚) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‡ÍÛÒ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
á̇˜ÂÌË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌÓ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
DVD
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓÚÂÍÓ‚.
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·
ST
LEFT
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
RIGHT
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ B/b/V/v ËÎË ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È
ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO.
3 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ç‚Ó‰ (ENTER).
CÛ·ÚËÚ˚
DVD
1 ENG
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚
‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚͇ı.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ , ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ ‰‡Ì̇fl
˜ÂÚ‡ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ.
24
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD MP3
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-هȷÏ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÙÓχÚÂ
MP3 ̇ ‰ËÒ͇ı CD-ROM, CD-R Ë CD-RW.
èÂ‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ MP3-Á‡ÔËÒÂÈ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‰Îfl MP3-Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÔ‡‚‡.
1
MP3
2
ëÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚ¸ MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï DVDÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ Ó„‡Ì˘Â̇ Ë ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
JPEG
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÓÔˆË˛
MP3, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡
MP3/JPEG.
MP3
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
3
1
Çõäã.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË, Ë
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ Ô‡ÔÍÂ.
ÖÒÎË ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ‰Û„Û˛ Ô‡ÔÍÛ, ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ¯‡„ 3 ¢ ‡Á.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl
‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl
(Ô‡ÔÍË) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
4
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ H (ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ).ËÎË ENTER.
燘ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ Ë ÏÂÌ˛
ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ËÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÍÓ̈ ‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë
TRACK01
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08
0: 56: 18
5
ST
AUTO
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ‚˚·ÓÍË: ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ 44.1 ÍɈ
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı: ‚ Ô‰Â·ı ÓÚ 32 - 320
ÍËÎÓ·ËÚ ‚ ÒÂÍÛ̉Û
îËÁ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ÙÓχÚÓÏ CD-R ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·˚Ú¸ “ISO
9660”.
ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÎËÒ¸ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, Ì ÒÓÁ‰‡˛˘Â„Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Û˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Ì ÒÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚.
ç‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò Ó‰ÌÓÈ ÒÂÒÒËÂÈ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ MP3Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ·˚ÎË Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ̇ ÔÂ‚ÓÏ ÚÂÍÂ. Ç ÔÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl. ÖÒÎË ‚˚
Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚, ÓÚÙÓχÚËÛÈÚÂ
‚Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚˚È.
ç‡Á‚‡ÌËfl Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ 8 ËÎË ÏÂÌÂÂ
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ Ë ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË “mp3”,
̇ÔËÏÂ “********.mp3”.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á̇ÍÓ‚ “/ : * ? “ < > ”.
鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸
ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜ÂÏ 650.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ËÒÍË Ë
Á‡ÔËÒË Óڂ˜‡ÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï.
á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÛÊ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ˝ÚËÏË
Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚Ó ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
ÙÓχÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (‚Íβ˜‡fl CD-R Ò MP3هȷÏË), Ë ‰Îfl „‡‡ÌÚËË ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚË ÔË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı
Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ (ÒÏ. ‚˚¯Â).
MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
MP3
CD
MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÒÓ·ÓÈ Ù‡ÈÎ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı,
ÒʇÚ˚ı Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ (MPEG1 audio layer-3). î‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËÂÏ
“.mp3” ̇Á˚‚‡˛Ú “MP3-هȷÏË”.
êÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁ̇ڸ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ, ÌÂ
Ëϲ˘ËÈ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl “.mp3”.
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
1
Çõäã.
èÓÚ·ËÚÂÎË ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
(Ò͇˜Ë‚‡ÌËfl) Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë ÏÛÁ˚ÍË ‚ ÙÓχÚ MP3 ˜ÂÂÁ
àÌÚÂÌÂÚ Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl ‡Á¯ÂÌËÂ. 燯‡ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËfl ÌÂ
ӷ·‰‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ‚˚‰‡˜Û Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl.
ê‡Á¯ÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Û ‚·‰Âθˆ‡
‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓ„Ó Ô‡‚‡.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x (STOP) ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
25
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡‰‚Ë̸Ú ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 4.
ÑËÒÍ MP3: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 2.
é ÙÓχÚ MP3
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
è‡ÛÁ‡
CD
èÓ‚ÚÓ
MP3
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
2 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇
CD
MP3
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡
‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ . ËÎË >
‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇.
Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ . ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ.
Ç ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ı, ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ
‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9),
‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË.
ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò
ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ‚ ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË.
èÓËÒÍ
CD
MP3
1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË
m ËÎË M.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH).
2 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M ‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛
ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ),
ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚ÔÂ‰).
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ Ë Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÓËÒ͇ Û͇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
3 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ H (PLAY).
26
CD
MP3
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
TRACK
ALL
OFF
• ÚÂÍ/‰ÓÓÊ͇: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ.
• ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
• ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ÊÏÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ èÓ‚ÚÓ‡
‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ . ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË >
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÒfl (íÂÍ ÔÓÒÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌ).
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·
CD
óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È
ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO.
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG
JPEG
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË Ò
هȷÏË JPEG. èÂ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ ‡·ÓÚÛ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË
JPEG, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠJPEG-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ÒÔ‡‚‡.
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG.
1
MP3
JPEG
2
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
JPEG Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
JPEG
Ç˚·Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË
. ‰Îfl > ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÎË
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ Ù‡È·Ï.
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ X (è‡ÛÁ‡) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚.
2 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
H (PLAY) ËÎË X (PAUSE) ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ͇Á‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰Îfl
ÔÓ‚ÓÓÚ‡ ÔÓ „ÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË ËÎË ‚ÂÚË͇ÎË.
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Ç‡˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
Folder8
CãAâÑôOì
3
OTMEHA
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË,
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ô‡ÔÍË.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG.
ÑÎfl B/b ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔÓ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍ ËÎË
ÔÓÚË‚ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË ‚ ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ
Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl (Ô‡ÔÍË) “
” Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
éÚ ‡ÁÏÂ‡ Ë ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ‚ÂÏfl,
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ ‰Îfl ÔÓ˜ÚÂÌËfl
ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ ËÒÚ˜ÂÌË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı
ÏËÌÛÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ,
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ هÈÎ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·Óθ¯Ë ÔÓ Ó·˙ÂÏÛ ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌË JPEG ‰Ó 2
Ï„‡ÔËÍÒÂÎÂÈ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ.
鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë Ô‡ÔÓÍ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ
Ô‚˚¯‡Ú¸ 650.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÓχڇ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ËÁ-Á‡
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
èË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG
̇ ‰ËÒÍ CD-R ÔÂ‰ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ ÔÓÂÍÚ
‰ËÒ͇ ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‚Ò ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ هÈÎ˚ ËϲÚ
‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg".
ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpe" ËÎË ".jpeg",
ÔÂÂËÏÂÌÛÈÚ Ëı ‚ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËflÏË".jpg".
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÂÌ Ò˜ËÚ˚‚‡Ú¸ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò
ËÏÂ̇ÏË ·ÂÁ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg", ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ˝ÚË Ù‡ÈÎ˚
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Windows Explorer(r) (ÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÂ) ͇Í
Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ JPEG.
4
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ هȷ, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
á‡ÔÛÒÚËÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚, ̇ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl
ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛ (ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG).
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
î‡ÈÎ JPEG, Ì Ëϲ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, ÔÓÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl.
JPEG
Folder1
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
5/32
1024X768
CãAâÑôOì
OTMEHA
5/32
1024X768
Picture5.jpg
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸: Å˚ÒÚ‡fl, ëڇ̉‡Ú̇fl,
å‰ÎÂÌ̇fl, Ç˚ÍÎ. ÑÎfl B/b ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉӂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË , Á‡ÚÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡
ÓÔˆËË, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ÔËÏÂÌËÚ¸, Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ x (ëÚÓÔ) ‰Îfl ÔÂÍ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡.
éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
27
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
èÓÒÏÓÚ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
CD
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë
MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌËfl (Program) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸
ËÁ·‡ÌÌ˚ ‚‡ÏË ÚÂÍË Í‡ÍÓ„Ó-ÎË·Ó ‰ËÒ͇ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÓ ‰Ó 30 ÚÂÍÓ‚.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÈÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ
‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (Program Edit).
ëÔ‡‚‡
ÓÚ ÒÎÓ‚‡ Program ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ ‚ Ô‡‚ÓÈ
˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ
‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚; Á̇˜ÓÍ
ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
MP3
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ),
‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Program. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
1
2
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ VCD Program.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN, PROGRAM ËÎË H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ)
‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ Program.
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÓ 2 ÔÓ 6 ˝Ú‡Ô˚ ‡Á‰Â· “èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚”.
3
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PROGRAM".
2
3
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl
‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List).
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
CD
åÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇
MP3
TRACK01
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08
0: 56: 18
5
TRACK 1
èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ 2 ˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
ÚÂÍÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List).
åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇
4
VCD
ST
AUTO
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
4 ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË " PROGRAM " ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ÚÂνÍ‡Ì‡.
èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
3
Çõäã.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ b.
èÓÒΉÌËÈ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ ËÁ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ REPEAT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÍÓÌ͇ Repeat.
2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
TRACK
ÑÎfl V/v ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ç‡ÊÏËÚ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ) ËÎË
ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM".
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÂÍ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚Ò ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‚
ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÚÂÍË ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓË„‡Ì˚.
7
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÂ
(ËÎË MP3-‰ËÒÍÂ) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË
H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
OFF
• ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇.
• ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
• ‚˚ÍÎ.: (Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl) ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ.
6
ALL
쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
(ÚÓθÍÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3) ËÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
Á̇˜ÓÍ
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ b ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
3 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, ÍÓÚÓ˚È
·˚ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË Û‰‡ÎËÚ¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
4 ç‡ÊÏËÚ CLEAR.
íÂÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
쉇ÎÂÌË ‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 1 Ë 2 ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ"쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚".
2 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ "쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ",
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ÇÒfl ÔÓ„‡Ïχ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂ̇.
ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM" ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
28
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÔË ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÔË Û‰‡ÎÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇.
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔË ‚˚·Ó ‰Û„Ëı ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌ˚ı
ÂÊËÏÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, VIDEO, FM, AM).
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
S
S
ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ, Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÔÛÚ¸, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÓ‰ÓÎÂÚ¸
Á‚ÛÍ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸ ÔÓÁˈËË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ùÚÓ
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂβ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ‰Ó Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍ Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ.
0.3 m
íÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
1
2
3
4
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ “5.1 Speaker Setup” Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÛÌÍÚ "5.1 Speaker Setup",
b ̇ÊÏËÚ .
ç‡ÊÏËÚ b ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
ç‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v/B/b
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER. éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚÂ
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Òӄ·ÒÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÓ‚ÌË Á‚Û͇ ÚÂÒÚÓ‚˚ı
Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÏ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ã‚˚È (ã)→ ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È →îÓÌڇθÌ˚È
è‡‚˚È (è)→ í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ è‡‚˚È (è) → í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ã‚˚È
(ã) → 뇷‚ÛÙÂ.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v.
ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË
ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ (îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
(΂˚È), îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (Ô‡‚˚È), ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (΂˚È), í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
(Ô‡‚˚È) ËÎË ë‡·‚ÛÙÂ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ˚
ÎˈÂÌÁËÓÌÌ˚Ï Òӄ·¯ÂÌËÂÏ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Digital.
ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸
ç‡ÊÏËÚ B / b ‰Îfl ÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚ÍË ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÛÓ‚Ìfl
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. (-6 ‰Å ~ 6 ‰Å).
ê‡ÁÏÂ
чÌÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì ÍÓÂÍÚËÛ˛ÚÒfl, ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ
‡ÁÏÂ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰Îfl Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡ “·Óθ¯ÓÈ”, ‡ ‰Îfl ‰Û„Ëı
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÁÏÂ˚ “χÎÂ̸ÍË”.
29
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD.
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ÒÚÓÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó 5.1 ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â‡.
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡ÈÏÂ‡, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ‚
Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl
åÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÓÌ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÎÒfl ‚ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl
ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ SLEEP Ë ‚ÂÏfl ‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
2
Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes in the
following order.
SLEEP 90 →80 → 70 → 60→ 50 → 40 → 30 → 20 →10 →
Ç˚ÍÎ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ‚ÂÏfl, ÓÒÚ‡˛˘ÂÂÒfl ‰Ó
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP. éÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó ‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ,
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚ ̇ DVD ËÎË ÚÂÍÓ‚ ̇ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÂ,
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË åê3-‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ä‡Ê‰Ó ̇ʇÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ (DISPLAY) ÔË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÂÌflÂÚ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë Û˜ÍË
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË.
çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER.
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇
óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÚËÚ¸
̇ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÌ˚È Á‚ÓÌÓÍ. èË ˝ÚÓÏ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÔΠ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ: MUTE.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ MUTING.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÒÚÂÂÓ̇ۯÌËÍË ( 3.5mm) ‚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ PHONES.
èË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Ì‡Û¯ÌËÍÓ‚ (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ),
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÓÚÍβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl.
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË
VOLUME (-/+).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
Ç ÒËÒÚÂÏ Ô‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌË ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á‚ÛÍ,
ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚‡Ï Ì‡‚ËÚÒfl.
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ Ë ÂÊËχ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ó ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl
̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ.
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC ̇
‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÒˆÂÌ˚.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ÚÂ͇,
ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÎË ‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÄÍÚË‚ËÛÂÚÒfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ.
DSGX
äÓ„‰‡ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÂÊËÏ DSGX, ÛÒËÎË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÌËÁÍËÂ
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚, ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl DSGX ÌÂ
‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ú‡ÍÊ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
30
è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÌÂÒÚË ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ‰Ó 30 Òڇ̈ËÈ ‚ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓ̇ı
FM Ë AM (MW). èÂ‰ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÓÈ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ
‚˚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÎË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‰Ó ÏËÌËÏÛχ.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ, Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
Á‡ÌÂÒÚË ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡
(ëÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ "è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ" Ò΂‡).
1
2
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW).
1
3
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇
ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÔÓ͇ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌËfl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚
Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl, Á‡ÚÂÏ ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
4
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ·Û‰ÂÚ ̇ÊËχڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
TUNER/BAND, ÂÊËÏ˚ FM Ë AM ·Û‰ÛÚ
ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl.
2
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á PRESET -/+ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ÌÓÏÂ‡ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, DVD-ÂÒË‚Â
Ò‡ÁÛ Ê ̇ÒÚ‡Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ Ó‰ËÌ ÌÓÏÂ Òڇ̈ËË.
3
éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË
VOLUME + ËÎË -.
ÑÎfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ @ / 1 ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl DVDÂÒË‚Â‡ ËÎË ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
(CD/DVD, VIDEO ËÎË TV).
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÓÏÂ‡, ÔÓ ‚‡¯ÂÏÛ Ê·Ì˲.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á.
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË Òڇ̈ËÈ, Ì ‚ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Û˜ÌÛ˛ ËÎË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ,
Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚Ó 2 ˝Ú‡ÔÂ.
ÑÎfl Û˜ÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ TUNING
- ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ Ë
Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ 2 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
ꇉËÓÒڇ̈Ëfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÌÂÒÂ̇ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ Ò 3 ÔÓ 6 ‰Îfl ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl
‰Û„Ëı Òڇ̈ËÈ.
ÑÎfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ÒÓ Ò··˚Ï Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ
çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ 3
˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
ÑÎfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÒÂı ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌÌ˚ı Òڇ̈ËÈ
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ÓÍÓÎÓ
‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌËÂ
“CLEAR ALL” (쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU, ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË Û‰‡ÎflÚÒfl.
ÅÛ‰ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂ̇ ÔÓÒΉÌflfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌ̇fl Òڇ̈Ëfl.
èÓËÒÍ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl Í‡Í ÚÓθÍÓ DVD/CD êÂÒË‚Â Ì ̇ÒÚÓËÚÒfl
̇ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚flÚÒfl
̇‰ÔËÒË "TUNED" Ë "ST" (‰Îfl ÒÚÂÂÓÔÓ„‡ÏÏ)..
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·Û‰ÂÚ
Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl.
5
6
7
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW).
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ Á‡¯ÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ "CLEAR ALL" (쉇ÎËÚ¸
‚ÒÂ) Ë ‚˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚ ÌË˜Â„Ó Û‰‡ÎflÚ¸, ÌË˜Â„Ó Ì ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ.
èÓÒΠÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "CLEAR ALL"
ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÌÓχθÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË ÛÊ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸, ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË FULL (á‡ÔÓÎÌÂÌÓ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl. ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÌÓÏÂ‡, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 5 Ë 6, Í‡Í Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â.
Ç˚·Ó ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ
Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
ÑÎfl ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ
Ô‡ÏflÚË ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË Ì‡
ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 4, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 4 ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl
‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 19, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
Ò̇˜‡Î‡ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 1, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ 9 (‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 3 ÒÂÍÛ̉).
ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ
ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏ FM ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔËÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ ¯ÛÏ˚.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM) ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ËÒ˜ÂÁÎÓ "ST". ëÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ, Á‡ÚÓ ÛÎÛ˜¯ËÚÒfl
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÔËÂχ. óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM).
ÑÎfl ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ÔËÂχ
èÂÂÓËÂÌÚËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Û˛ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ.
31
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Â„Ó ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÛÓ‚Â̸ Á‚Û͇, ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· Ë
ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂÏ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÌËÊÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË
äÌÓÔ͇
îÛÌ͈Ëfl
TV @ / 1
TV ÇÍβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
TV/VIDEO
TV/VIDEO èÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
‡ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
(Ú˛ÌÂ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ‰Û„ÓÈ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ).
TV CH +/-
ë͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ‚‚Âı Ë ‚ÌËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇
Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ͇̇ÎÓ‚.
TV VOL +/-
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
TV @ / 1
TV
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV, ‚˚
ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË ‰Îfl
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
äÌÓÔ͇ TV Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï Ò‚ÂÚÓÏ, Ë ÔÛθÚ
ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV. Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸
͇̇Î˚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
>äÌÓÔ͇ >10 ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ÌÓÏÂ‡
ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Ô‚˚¯‡˛Ú 10. ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ TV,
̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV.
äÌÓÔ͇ TV ÔÓÚÛı‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚, ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ.
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/TV VOL +/-
32
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÏÂÚÓ‰˚. ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜ÌÓ„Ó
˜ËÒ·, ̇ÊÏËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡ -/--, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ˜ËÒÎÓ.
(ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ͇̇· 25, ̇ÊÏËÚ -/--, Á‡ÚÂÏ 2 Ë 5).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ÙËÏ˚ Sony
äÌÓÔ͇
SONY TV DIRECT
TV
äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
çÓÏÂ
TV/VIDEO 0
2
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
çÂÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
(èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲)
1
ÇàÑÖé1
2
ÇàÑÖé2
3
ÇàÑÖé3
4
ÇàÑÖé4
5
ÇàÑÖé5
6
ÇàÑÖé6
7
äéåèéçÖçí 1
ÇïéÑ
8
äéåèéçÖçí 2
ÇïéÑ
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
îÛÌ͈Ëfl SONY TV DIRECT ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Í ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ SONY, ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ "CD/DVD", ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚.
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV CH+ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl ÔÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
(ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
ÅÛ‰ÂÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë Ò ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡.
ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV
Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ.
TV/VIDEO
äÌÓÔ͇
çÓÏÂ
äÌÓÔ͇
TV CH +
1
2
0.5 (èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲)
1
3
1.5
4
2
5
2.5
6
3
7
3.5
8
4
TV CH +/-
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
á‡„ËÒÚËÛÈÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
(ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡.
ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV
Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ.
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë ÍÓ‰‡ Ò ÔÛθڇ, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË SONY.
ÖÒÎË ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ‚ÂÏfl
ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë. ÇÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ÖÒÎË ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
·Óθ¯ÓÂ, ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì Ò‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ÔÓ·ÎËÊÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ.
ÑÂÊËÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ Ë
ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
33
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚
ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ "Disc Audio (‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇)", "Disc Subtitle (ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ)" Ë/ËÎË "Disc Menu
(ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇)" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 19) ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ flÁ˚͇.
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
6565
ÄÙ‡
7079
î‡ÒË
7678
ãËÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8375
ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍËÈ
6566
Ä·ı‡ÁÒÍËÈ
7082
î‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ
7679
ã‡ÓÒÒÍËÈ
8376
ëÎÓ‚ÂÌÒÍËÈ
6570
ÄÙË͇‡ÌÒ
7089
îËÁÒÍËÈ
7684
ãËÚÓ‚ÒÍËÈ
8377
ë‡ÏÓ‡
6577
ÄÏÂı‡ËÍ
7165
à·̉ÒÍËÈ
7686
ã‡Ú˚¯ÒÍËÈ
8378
òÓ̇
6582
Ä‡·ÒÍËÈ
7168
òÓÚ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7771
å‡Î‡„‡ÒËÈÒÍËÈ
8379
ëÓχÎËÈÒÍËÈ
6583
ÄÒÒ‡ÏÒÍËÈ
7176
ɇÎˈËÈÒÍËÈ
7773
å‡ÓË
8381
Äη‡ÌÒÍËÈ
6588
ÄÈχÒÍËÈ
7178
ÉÛ‡‡ÌË
7775
å‡Í‰ÓÌÒÍËÈ
8382
ëÂ·ÒÍËÈ
6590
ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7185
Éۉʇ‡ÚË
7776
å‡Î‡È‡Î‡
8385
ëÛ‰‡ÌÒÍËÈ
6665
Ň¯ÍËÒÍËÈ
7265
ï‡ÛÒ‡
7778
åÓÌ„ÓθÒÍËÈ
8386
ò‚‰ÒÍËÈ
6669
ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒÍËÈ
7273
ïË̉Ë
7779
åÓΉ‡‚ÒÍËÈ
8387
ëÛ‡ıËÎË
6671
ÅÓ΄‡ÒÍËÈ
7282
ïÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
7782
å‡‡ÚË
8465
í‡ÏËθÒÍËÈ
6672
ÅËı‡Ë
7285
ÇÂÌ„ÂÒÍËÈ
7783
å‡Î‡ÈÒÍËÈ
8469
íÂÎÛ„Û
6678
ÅÂÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ; Ň̄‡
7289
ÄÏflÌÒÍËÈ
7784
å‡Î¸ÚËÈÒÍËÈ
8471
"‡‰ÊËÍÒÍËÈ
6679
íË·ÂÚÒÍËÈ
7365
àÌÚÂÎËÌ„‚‡
7789
ÅËχÌÒÍËÈ
8472
í‡ÈÒÍËÈ
6682
ÅÂÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
7378
à̉ÓÌÂÁËÈÒÍËÈ
7865
ç‡ÛË
8473
íË„Ë̸fl
6765
ä‡Ú‡ÎÓÌÒÍËÈ
7383
àÒ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7869
çÂԇθÒÍËÈ
8475
íÛÍÏÂÌÒÍËÈ
6779
äÓÒË͇ÌÒÍËÈ
7384
àڇθflÌÒÍËÈ
7876
ÉÓη̉ÒÍËÈ
8476
퇄‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
6783
óÂıËfl
7387
à‚ËÚ
7879
çÓ‚ÂÊÒÍËÈ
8479
íÓÌ„Ó
6789
ì˝Î¸ÒÍËÈ
7465
üÔÓÌÒÍËÈ
7982
éËfl
8482
íÛˆÍËÈ
6865
чÚÒÍËÈ
7473
à‰Ë¯
8065
èẨʇ·ÒÍËÈ
8484
"‡Ú‡ÒÍËÈ
6869
çÂψÍËÈ
7487
ü‚‡ÌÒÍËÈ
8076
èÓθÒÍËÈ
8487
í‚Ë
6890
ÅÛÚ‡ÌË
7565
ÉÛÁËÌÒÍËÈ
8083
èÛ¯ÚÛ
8575
ìÍ‡ËÌÒÍËÈ
6976
É˜ÂÒÍËÈ
7575
ä‡Á‡ıÒÍËÈ
8084
èÓÚÛ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8582
ì‰Û
6978
ÄÌ„ÎËÈÒÍËÈ
7576
ÉÂÌ·̉ÒÍËÈ
8185
ä˜ۇ
8590
ìÁ·ÂÍÒÍËÈ
6979
ùÒÔÂ‡ÌÚÓ
7577
ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËÈÒÍËÈ
8277
êÂÚÓÓχÌÒÍËÈ
8673
ǸÂÚ̇ÏÒÍËÈ
6983
àÒÔ‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7578
ä‡Ì‡‰ÒÍËÈ
8279
êÛÏ˚ÌÒÍËÈ
8679
ÇÓ·ԲÍ
6984
ùÒÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
7579
äÓÂÈÒÍËÈ
8285
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
8779
ÇÓ·
6985
ŇÒÍÒÍËÈ
7583
䇯ÏË
8365
ë‡ÌÒÍËÚ
8872
ïÓÒ‡
7065
èÂÒˉÒÍËÈ
7585
äÛ‰ÒÍËÈ
8368
ëË̉Ë
8979
âÓÛ·‡
7073
îËÌÒÍËÈ
7589
äË„ËÁÒÍËÈ
8372
ëÂ·ÒÍÓıÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
9072
äËÚ‡ÈÒÍËÈ
7074
îˉÊËÈÒÍËÈ
7665
ã‡Ú˚̸
8373
ëËÌ„‡ÎÂÁÒÍËÈ
9085
áÛÎÛÒÒÍËÈ
34
ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË "äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 21).
äÓ‰
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CS
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ëÚ‡Ì‡
Ä̉Ó‡
éÄù
ÄÙ„‡ÌËÒÚ‡Ì
ÄÌÚË„Û‡ Ë Å‡·Û‰‡
ÄÌ„Ë·
Äη‡ÌËfl
ÄÏÂÌËfl
ÄÌÚËθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡,
çˉÂ·̉˚
ÄÌ„Ó·
ÄÌÚ‡ÍÚË͇
Ä„ÂÌÚË̇
ÄÏÂË͇ÌÒÍË ë‡ÏÓ‡
Ä‚ÒÚËfl
Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËfl
ÄÛ·‡
ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡Ì
ÅÓÒÌËfl-ÉÂˆÂ„Ó‚Ë̇
Ň·‡‰ÓÒ
Ň̄·‰Â¯
ÅÂθ„Ëfl
ÅÛÍË̇ î‡ÒÓ
ÅÓ΄‡Ëfl
ŇıÂÈÌ
ÅÛÛ̉Ë
èÂÍËÌ
ÅÂÏÛ‰˚
ÅÛÌÂÈ
ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl
Å‡ÁËÎËfl
Ň„‡Ï˚
ÅÛÚ‡Ì
éÒÚÓ‚ ÅÛ‚Â
ÅÓÚÒ‚‡Ì‡
ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒËfl
ÅÂÎËÁ
ä‡Ì‡‰‡
äÓÍÓÒÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ñÂÌÚÓ‡ÙË͇ÌÒ͇fl êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
äÓÌ„Ó äÄçÄã ò‚ÂȈ‡Ëfl
äÓÚ’‰ù‚Û‡
éÒÚÓ‚‡ äÛ͇
óËÎË
ä‡ÏÂÛÌ
äËÚ‡È
äÓÎÓÏ·Ëfl
äÓÒÚ‡ êË͇
Å˚‚¯. óÂıÓÒÎÓ‚‡ÍËfl
äÛ·‡
䇷Ó-ÇÂ‰Â
éÒÚÓ‚ êÓʉÂÒÚ‚‡
äËÔ
ó¯Ò͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ÉÂχÌËfl
ÑÊË·ÛÚË
чÌËfl
ÑÓÏËÌË͇
ÑÓÏËÌË͇ÌÒ͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ÄÎÊË
ùÍ‚‡‰Ó
ùÒÚÓÌËfl
Ö„ËÔÂÚ
á‡Ô‡‰Ì‡fl ë‡ı‡‡
äÓ‰
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
ëÚ‡Ì‡
ùËÚÂfl
àÒÔ‡ÌËfl
ùÙËÓÔËfl
îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl
îˉÊË
îÓÎÍÎẨÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
åËÍÓÌÂÁËfl
î‡ÂÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
î‡ÌˆËfl
î‡ÌˆËfl (‚ÓÔÂÈÒ͇fl
ÚÂËÚÓËfl)
GA
ɇ·ÓÌ
GB
ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
GD
ÉÂ̇‰‡
GE
ÉÛÁËfl
GF
î‡ÌˆÛÁÒ͇fl ɇȇ̇
GH
ɇ̇
GI
ÉË·‡ÎÚ‡
GL
ÉÂÌ·̉Ëfl
GM
ɇϷËfl
GN
É‚ËÌÂfl
GP
É‚‡‰ÂÎÛÔ‡ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
GQ
ùÍ‚‡ÚÓˇθ̇fl É‚ËÌÂfl
GR
ÉˆËfl
GS
é-‚‡ ëÂÌÚ-ÑÊÓ‰ÊÂÒ Ë
ëÂÌÚ-뽉‚˘
GT
É‚‡ÚÂχ·
GU
ÉÛ‡Ï (ëòÄ)
GW
É‚ËÌÂfl ÅËÒÒ‡Û
GY
ɇȇ̇
HK
ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„
HM
é-‚‡ ïÂ‰ Ë å‡ÍÑÓ̇Ή
HN
ÉÓ̉Û‡Ò
HR
ïÓ‚‡ÚËfl
HT
ɇËÚË
HU
ÇÂÌ„Ëfl
ID
à̉ÓÌÂÁËfl
IE
à·̉Ëfl
IL
àÁ‡Ëθ
ÇïéÑ à̉Ëfl
IO
ÅËÚ‡ÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
à̉ËÈÒÍÓ„Ó Ó͇̇
IQ
à‡Í
IR
à‡Ì
IS
àÒ·̉Ëfl
IT
àÚ‡ÎËfl
JM
üχÈ͇
JO
ÑÊÓ‰‡Ì
JP
üÔÓÌËfl
KE
äÂÌËfl
KG
ä˚„˚ÁÒÚ‡Ì
KH
ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËfl
KI
äËË·‡ÚË
KM
äÓÏÓÒÍË éÒÚÓ‚‡
KN
ëÂÌÚ-äËÚÒ Ë ç‚ËÒ
KP
ë‚Â̇fl äÓÂfl
KR
ûÊ̇fl äÓÂfl
KW
äÛ‚ÂÈÚ
KY
ä‡ÈχÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
KZ
ä‡Á‡ıÒÚ‡Ì
LA
ã‡ÓÒ
LB
ãË‚‡Ì
äÓ‰
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
ëÚ‡Ì‡
ë‡ÌÚ‡ ã˛˜Ëfl
ãËıÚÂ̯ÚÂÈÌ
òË-ã‡Ì͇
ãË·ÂËfl
ãÂÒÓÚÓ
ãËÚ‚‡
ã˛ÍÒÂÏ·Û„
ã‡Ú‚Ëfl
ãË‚Ëfl
å‡ÓÍÍÓ
åÓ̇ÍÓ
åÓΉ‡‚Ëfl
凉‡„‡Ò͇
å‡¯‡ÎÎÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
å‡Í‰ÓÌËfl
å‡ÎË
å‡È‡Ìχ
åÓÌ„ÓÎËfl
å‡Í‡Ó
ë‚ÂÌ˚ å‡ˇÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
å‡ÚËÌËÍ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
凂ËÚ‡ÌËfl
åÓÌÒÂ‡Ú
é. å‡Î¸Ú‡
é. 凂ËÍËÈ
å‡Î¸‰Ë‚ÒÍË Ó-‚‡
å‡Î‡‚Ë
åÂÍÒË͇
å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl
åÓÁ‡Ï·ËÍ
ç‡ÏË·Ëfl
çÓ‚‡fl ä‡Î‰ÓÌËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
çË„Â
çÓÙÓÎÍÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
çË„ÂËfl
çË͇‡„Û‡
çˉÂ·̉˚
çÓ‚„Ëfl
çÂÔ‡Î
ç‡ÛË
ç˛
çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl
éχÌ
è‡Ì‡Ï‡
èÂÛ
èÓÎËÌÂÁËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
è‡ÔÛ‡ çÓ‚‡fl É‚ËÌÂfl
îËÎËÔÔËÌ˚
è‡ÍËÒÚ‡Ì
èÓθ¯‡
ëÂÌ-è¸Â Ë åËÍÂÎÓÌ
ÓÒÚÓ‚ èËÚÍ˝Ì
èÛ˝ÚÓ êËÍÓ
èÓÚÛ„‡ÎËfl
é-‚ è‡Î‡Û
è‡‡„‚‡È
ä‡Ú‡
êÂÌ˛Ì¸ÓÌ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
êÛÏ˚ÌËfl
êÓÒÒËÈÒ͇fl Ù‰Â‡ˆËfl
êۇ̉‡
ë‡Û‰Ó‚Ò͇fl Ä‡‚Ëfl
ëÓÎÓÏÓÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
äÓ‰
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SU
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UK
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
ëÚ‡Ì‡
ëÂȯÂθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ëÛ‰‡Ì
ò‚ˆËfl
ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ
Ó.ë‚flÚÓÈ ÖÎÂÌ˚
ëÎÓ‚ÂÌËfl
é-‚‡ 낇η‡‰ Ë üÌ-å‡ÈÂÌ
ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ë¸Â‡ ãÂÓÌÂ
ë‡Ì å‡ËÌÓ
ëÂÌ„‡Î
ëÓχÎË
ëÛË̇Ï
ë‡ÌÚ íÓÏ Ë èË̈ËÔ
Å˚‚¯. ëëëê
ë‡Î¸‚‡‰Ó
ëËËfl
낇ÁËÎẨ
íÛˆÍËÂ Ë ä‡ÈÍÓÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ó‡‰
ûÊÌ˚ Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÂ
ÚÂËÚÓËË
íÓ„Ó
í‡Ë·̉
퇉ÊËÍËÒÚ‡Ì
é-‚‡ íÓÍ·Û
íÛÍÏÂÌËÒÚ‡Ì
íÛÌËÒ
íÓÌ„Ó
ÇÓÒÚÓ˜Ì˚È íËÏÓ
íÛˆËfl
íËÌˉ‡‰ Ë íÓ·‡„Ó
íÛ‚‡ÎÛ
í‡È‚‡Ì¸
í‡ÌÁ‡ÌËfl
ìÍ‡Ë̇
섇̉‡
ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
å‡Î˚ ÔË΄‡˛˘Ë Ó-‚‡
ëòÄ
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚ òÚ‡Ú˚
ìÛ„‚‡È
ìÁ·ÂÍËÒÚ‡Ì
ÉÓÓ‰-„ÓÒÛ‰‡ÒÚ‚Ó
LJÚË͇Ì
ëÂÌÚ-ÇËÌÒÂÌÚ Ë
ÉÂ̇‰ËÌ˚
ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡
ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡
(ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl)
ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡ (ëòÄ)
ǸÂÚ̇Ï
LJÌÛ‡ÚÛ
é-‚‡ LJÎËÒ Ë îÛÚÛ̇
ë‡ÏÓ‡
âÂÏÂÌ
å‡ÈÓÚ
û„ÓÒ·‚Ëfl
ûÊ̇fl ÄÙË͇
á‡Ï·Ëfl
á‡Ë
áËÏ·‡·‚Â
35
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
èÂ‰ Ó·‡˘ÂÌËÂÏ ‚ ÂÏÓÌÚÌÛ˛ χÒÚÂÒÍÛ˛ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓËÒÍÛ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌ˲ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ.
èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË
è˘Ë̇
ç ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ. • éÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Í
ÓÁÂÚÍ ÔËÚ‡˛˘ÂÈ ÒÂÚË.
èËÚ‡ÌË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ, ÌÓ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
• ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
• ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇
‰ËÒÔΠDVD).
éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• íÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÂÊËÏ
ÔËÂχ Ò˄̇· Ò ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
• èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ.
• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ
ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎÓÒ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ,
ÔÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ DVD/CD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ.
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ.
• Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
• ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
• ÄÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ̇fl Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·, Ì ̇ÒÚÓÂ̇ ̇
ÔËÂÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
• Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‰Îfl ÔËÂÏÌË͇ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·
ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÒڇΠÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
• èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ͇·ÂÎË
‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ͇·Âθ
‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇· Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
• Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ˚, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
• ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
• èÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
• á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ͇·Âθ
èÎÓıÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‚
ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
• ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
• é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
ç Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇
DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ.
• éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
• ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠDVD).
• ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ Ì ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚È ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍ.
(èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÚËÔ ‰ËÒ͇, ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË Ë ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇.)
• ÑËÒÍ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Îˈ‚ÓÈ (ÌÂ‡·Ó˜ÂÈ)
ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ.
• èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÈ
ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ.
• ÑËÒÍ Ì ˆÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ËÏ.
• Ç˚Ó‚ÌflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÍ ÔÓ
̇Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ÂÈ.
• ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
• é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
• ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÂÌ˛
• ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl
‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
• ÇÍβ˜Â̇ ·ÎÓÍËӂ͇
(ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÂÈÚËÌ„).
• éÚÏÂÌËÚ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚ÍÛ, ÎË·Ó ÔÓÏÂÌflÈÚÂ
ÂÈÚËÌ„.
• ᇄflÁÌÂÌ˚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚.
• èÓÚËÚ Ëı Ò‡ÎÙÂÚÍÓÈ, Ò΄͇
ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÒÔËÚÂ
• ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
• é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
• èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl
ÒËÒÚÂχ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚.
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚.
• DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
·ÎËÁÍÓ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
• èÂÂÏÂÒÚËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
‡Û‰ËÓÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚.
éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÎË
ÓÌ Â‰‚‡ ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ.
ëÎ˚¯ÂÌ ÂÁÍËÈ ¯ÛÏ
ËÎË „Û‰ÂÌËÂ.
36
è˘Ë̇
• èÎÓıÓ ÒÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂ̇
‡ÌÚÂÌ̇.
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ.
• ë˄̇Π‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ Ò··
(ÔË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ).
• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
• ꇉËÓÒڇ̈ËË Ì ·˚ÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚ ‚
Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ËÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË
·˚ÎË Û‰‡ÎÂÌ˚ (ÔË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ).
• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ Òڇ̈ËË (ÒÚ. 31).
• èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂ
̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
• ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È
‰‡Ú˜ËÍ, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚È Ì‡ DVDÂÒË‚ÂÂ.
• èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl
ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ Ô‰Â·ı 20 ÙÛÚÓ‚
(6Ï).
• åÂÊ‰Û ÔÛθÚÓÏ Ë DVD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ͇ÍÓÂ-ÚÓ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
• 쉇ÎËÚ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
• ŇڇÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‡ÁflÊÂÌ˚.
• á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ̇ ÌÓ‚˚Â.
ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ë‰Ë
ÂÊËÏ Pro Logic II.
• ëËÒÚÂχ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
• ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ.
ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
• çË˜Â„Ó Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
• ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ.
èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË
ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸
‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ,
Í‡Í ÒΉÛÂÚ.
åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
• éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ Ë ÔË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓÒÚË
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ÌÂ¯Ì˛˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ.
37
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
[鷢ˠı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË]
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, 50/60Ɉ
100ÇÚ, Ì ·ÓΠ1 ÇÚ (220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÓ͇) (‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl).
4.9 Í„
430 x 70 x 370 ÏÏ
íÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡: éÚ 5°C ‰Ó 35°C ꇷӘ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ: ÉÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓÂ
éÚ 5 ‰Ó 85 %
èÓÎÛÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÓ‚˚È Î‡ÁÂ,‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 650 ÌÏ ‰Îfl VCD Ë DVD.
‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 780 ÌÏ ‰Îfl ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÛÒ͇ÌËfl èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌ˚È
ë˄̇θ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ
ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl PAL, NTSC
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇ (‡Û‰ËÓ) 2 Ɉ~ 20 ÍɈ (±1.0 ‰Å)
éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Π- ¯ÛÏ (‡Û‰ËÓ) ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 75 ‰Å (1 ÍɈ, NOP, 20 ÍɈ LPF/A - ÙËθÚ)
ÑË̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ (‡Û‰ËÓ) ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 70 ‰Å
ɇÏÓÌ˘ÂÒÍË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl (‡Û‰ËÓ) 0. 5 % (1 ÍɈ, ÔË 12 ÇÚ) (20 ÍɈ LPF/A-îËθÚ)
ÇıÓ‰˚
ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰)
óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌË (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰):
óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ
ÇˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰
1.0 Ç (‡ÏÔÎ.), 75 OÏ, ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚È ÌÓθ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA.
ÖÇêé AV (Ñãü íÖãÖÇàáéêÄ)
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ
87.5 - 108 åɈ
èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡
10.7 åɈ
éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Î-¯ÛÏ
60 ‰Å (åÓÌÓ)
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ
522 - 1,611 ÍɈ
èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡
450 ÍɈ
êÂÊËÏ ÒÚÂÂÓ
80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ (6 Ω ÔË 1 ÍɈ, äèÑ 10 %)
èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È êÂÊËÏ
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È: 80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ
(*Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È *: 80 ÇÚ
ÂÊËχ Ë ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ*: 80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ (6 Ω ÔË 1 ÍɈ, äèÑ 10%)
·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚).
뇷‚ÛÙÂ *: 150 ÇÚ (3Ω ÔË 50 Ɉ, äèÑ 10 %)
Ç˚ıÓ‰˚
çÄìòçàäà: (32 éÏ, 25 ÏÇÚ)
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì‡fl Äë
Woofer Äë
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(SS-CT12)
(SS-WS13)
(SS-TS12)
[ìÒËÎËÚÂθ]
AM
[MW]
[í˛ÌÂ]
[FM]
[ÇˉÂÓ]
[îÓÏ‡Ú Á‡ÔËÒË]
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
èÓÚ·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
å‡ÒÒ‡ (ÔË·Î.)
ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (W x H x D)
ꇷӘË ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëfl
Ç·ÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
ã‡ÁÂ
[èË·„‡ÂÏ˚Â
ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË]
[ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl
ÒËÒÚÂχ]
(SS-TS13)
íËÔ
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇
çÓχÚ˂̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡
å‡ÍÒËχθ̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡
ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (ò x Ç x Ñ)
ÇÂÒ ÌÂÚÚÓ
•
•
•
•
•
1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë
1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë
1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë
6Ω
6Ω
3Ω
180 - 20,000 Ɉ
180 - 20,000 Ɉ
180 - 20,000 Ɉ
45 - 180 Ɉ
80 ÇÚ
80 ÇÚ
80 ÇÚ
150 ÇÚ
80 ÇÚ
80 ÇÚ
80 ÇÚ
260 x 1110 x 260 ÏÏ
100 x 105 x 110 ÏÏ
ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Äë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
뇷‚ÛÙÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl RM-SS220 . .1
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ - èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË Ë
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ (ÑÓÍÛÏÂÌÚ‡ˆËfl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
175 x 380x405 ÏÏ
0.6 Í„
6.7 Í„
0.6 Í„
3.5 Í„
•
•
•
•
•
•
150 ÇÚ
100 x 105 x 110 ÏÏ
䇷ÂÎË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl, ‡ÁÏÂ ÄÄA (R03) . . . . . . .2
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
èӉͷ‰ÍË ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÊÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
îÂËÚÓ‚˚È ÒÂ‰Â˜ÌËÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
❋ äÓÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ·ÂÁ ۂ‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl
38
1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë
6Ω
Sony Corporation
Printed in China
http://www.sony.net